SEC Info℠ | Home | Search | My Interests | Help | Sign In | Please Sign In | ||||||||||||||||||||
As Of Filer Filing For·On·As Docs:Size Issuer Agent 10/01/07 Equallogic Inc S-1/A 9/28/07 7:1.5M Merrill Corp/New/FA |
Document/Exhibit Description Pages Size 1: S-1/A Pre-Effective Amendment to Registration Statement HTML 1.22M (General Form) 2: EX-10.16 Material Contract HTML 46K 3: EX-10.18 Material Contract HTML 90K 4: EX-10.19 Material Contract HTML 13K 5: EX-10.20 Material Contract HTML 81K 6: EX-23.1 Consent of Experts or Counsel HTML 8K 7: EX-23.3 Consent of Experts or Counsel HTML 8K
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 28, 2007
Registration No. 333-145297
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 1
to
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
EQUALLOGIC, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
Delaware (State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization) |
3572 (Primary Standard Industrial Classification Code No.) |
02-0526678 (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) |
||
110 Spit Brook Road Building ZKO2 Nashua, NH 03062 (603) 249-7700 (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices) |
Donald P. Bulens
President and Chief Executive Officer
110 Spit Brook Road
Building ZKO2
Nashua, NH 03062
(603) 249-7700
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to: |
||
David A. Westenberg, Esq. Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP 60 State Street Boston, Massachusetts 02109 (617) 526-6000 |
William J. Schnoor, Jr., Esq. Jocelyn M. Arel, Esq. Nicole G. Fitzpatrick, Esq. Goodwin Procter LLP Exchange Place 53 State Street Boston, Massachusetts 02109 (617) 570-1000 |
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this form are offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") please check the following box. o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion. Dated September 28, 2007
Shares
Common Stock
This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of EqualLogic, Inc.
EqualLogic is offering of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional shares. EqualLogic will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $ and $ . We have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "EQLX."
See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 7 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
Per share |
Total |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Initial public offering price | $ | $ | ||||
Underwriting discount | $ | $ | ||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to EqualLogic | $ | $ | ||||
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders | $ | $ |
To the extent that the underwriters sell more than shares of our common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional shares from EqualLogic and the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on , 2007.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. | Credit Suisse |
RBC Capital Markets | Pacific Crest Securities | Canaccord Adams |
Prospectus dated , 2007.
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the following summary together with the more detailed information appearing in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes, and the risk factors beginning on page 7, before deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms "EqualLogic," "our company," "we," "us" and "our" in this prospectus to refer to EqualLogic, Inc. and its subsidiaries.
Overview
EqualLogic is a leading provider of high-performance storage products that simplify the way enterprises retain, access, manage and protect their data. Our products are designed specifically for mid-sized enterprises that have complex storage needs but cannot justify the high procurement and ongoing management costs of other storage area network, or SAN, alternatives. Our products are offered in an integrated, all-inclusive package that combines resilient disk storage with a comprehensive suite of intelligent storage management software.
Our product architecture employs innovative, proprietary virtualization software that severs the traditional tie between stored data and disk drive hardware. This virtualization software masks the complexity of the underlying storage configuration and enables our storage arrays to cooperate with one another to automatically share resources and balance workloads. Our products are based on the iSCSI network protocol, which utilizes widely-deployed Internet Protocol, or IP, networks. As a result, our customers can cost-effectively install, expand and modify their data storage resources.
IDC, a leading technology research firm, estimates that we have the third largest market share in the iSCSI SAN market. According to Gartner, a leading technology research and advisory company, we had the second largest revenue share of the iSCSI SAN market in 2006.
We sell our products exclusively through our network of channel partners, more than 470 of which sold our products and services during the twelve months ended June 30, 2007. Since our inception, we have sold our products to more than 2,700 customers in 30 countries across a broad range of industries. Our revenue was $10.4 million, $30.0 million and $68.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, with corresponding net losses of $12.1 million, $9.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2007, we had revenue of $53.2 million and a net loss of $1.5 million.
Industry Background
Significant business and technological trends are rapidly increasing the demands on enterprise storage systems. These trends include rapid data growth, server virtualization and the critical need for data protection and disaster recovery. Mid-sized enterprises require flexible and secure storage systems capable of optimizing performance and functionality even as their stored data increases. At the same time, enterprises must accomplish these goals with lower capital, operating and management costs.
Enterprises are increasingly deploying SANs to address their storage challenges. According to IDC, new storage capacity deployed on SANs will increase at a compound annual growth rate of 67.4% between 2006 and 2011. Given the lower cost, wide availability and ease of use of IP networking, SANs are being deployed on IP networks at a more rapid rate than on traditional Fibre Channel networks. According to IDC, from 2006 to 2011, new storage capacity deployed on iSCSI SANs is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 143.2% compared to 44.2% for Fibre Channel SANs.
1
Our competitors typically offer mid-sized enterprises stripped-down versions of their high-end SAN products, which are complex to deploy and manage. These competitors also have business models that require their customers to purchase additional software and professional services to achieve essential functionality. As a result, a substantial unmet need has developed among mid-sized enterprises for cost-effective storage systems that provide seamless capacity growth, high-performance, high-reliability, advanced data protection and ease-of-management.
The EqualLogic High-Performance Storage Solution
Our high-performance PS Series SANs are specifically designed to be cost effective and easy for mid-sized enterprises to deploy and manage. Our products are highly reliable through the use of fault tolerance, full redundancy and hot-swappable components. Our PS Series products are sold in one all-inclusive package with all required hardware and software components. Our products can be expanded without downtime and collaborate automatically as additional arrays are added to increase both performance and capacity. This enables our customers to "pay-as-they-grow."
Our PS Series storage products provide our customers with the following benefits:
Our Strategy
Our goal is to be the leading provider of IP SANs that address the current and emerging storage needs of mid-sized enterprises. The key elements of our strategy are to:
2
Concentration of Share Ownership
Upon the closing of this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately % of the outstanding shares of our common stock, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. As a result, these stockholders will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. For information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, see the section titled "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
Corporate Information
We were incorporated in Delaware in May 2001. Our corporate headquarters are located at 110 Spit Brook Road, Building ZKO2, Nashua, NH 03062, and our telephone number is (603) 249-7700. Our website address is www.equallogic.com. Information contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider information contained on our website to be part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase shares of our common stock.
EqualLogic, the EqualLogic logo and other trademarks or service marks of EqualLogic appearing in this prospectus are the property of EqualLogic. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of other companies.
Unless the context otherwise indicates, the term "customers" in this prospectus refers to the end-users who purchase our products from our channel partners and the term "channel partners" refers to our resellers and other distribution partners.
3
Common stock offered by EqualLogic |
shares |
|
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders |
shares |
|
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
shares |
|
Use of proceeds |
We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the development of new products, sales and marketing activities and capital expenditures. We may use a portion of the net proceeds to us for the acquisition of, or investment in, companies, technologies, products or assets that complement our business. See "Use of Proceeds" for more information. |
|
Risk factors |
You should read the "Risk Factors" section and other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. |
|
Proposed Nasdaq Global Market symbol |
"EQLX" |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2007, and excludes:
Except as otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus:
4
Summary Consolidated Financial Data
The following tables summarize the consolidated financial data for our business for the periods presented. You should read these summary consolidated financial data together with "Selected Consolidated Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, all included elsewhere in this prospectus. Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share have been calculated assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering.
|
Year Ended December 31, |
Six Months Ended June 30, |
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2006 |
2007 |
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|||||||||||||
|
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) |
||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: | |||||||||||||||||
Revenue | $ | 10,354 | $ | 29,960 | $ | 68,064 | $ | 29,145 | $ | 53,228 | |||||||
Cost of revenue(1) | 5,220 | 12,869 | 26,024 | 11,126 | 19,222 | ||||||||||||
Gross margin | 5,134 | 17,091 | 42,040 | 18,019 | 34,006 | ||||||||||||
Operating expenses: | |||||||||||||||||
Research and development(1) | 7,753 | 9,666 | 10,814 | 5,226 | 6,815 | ||||||||||||
Sales and marketing(1) | 7,228 | 14,204 | 26,577 | 11,251 | 25,503 | ||||||||||||
General and administrative(1) | 2,447 | 3,020 | 5,348 | 2,184 | 3,291 | ||||||||||||
Total operating expenses | 17,428 | 26,890 | 42,739 | 18,661 | 35,609 | ||||||||||||
Loss from operations | (12,294 | ) | (9,799 | ) | (699 | ) | (642 | ) | (1,603 | ) | |||||||
Other income, net | 156 | 331 | 240 | 104 | 86 | ||||||||||||
Loss before tax provision and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | (12,138 | ) | (9,468 | ) | (459 | ) | (538 | ) | (1,517 | ) | |||||||
Income tax provision | — | — | — | — | (22 | ) | |||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | — | 34 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Net loss | (12,138 | ) | (9,434 | ) | (459 | ) | (538 | ) | (1,539 | ) | |||||||
Accretion to preferred stock | (2,570 | ) | (3,522 | ) | (3,798 | ) | (1,901 | ) | (2,048 | ) | |||||||
Net loss attributable to common stockholders | $ | (14,708 | ) | $ | (12,956 | ) | $ | (4,257 | ) | $ | (2,439 | ) | $ | (3,587 | ) | ||
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted | $ | (2.06 | ) | $ | (1.02 | ) | $ | (0.23 | ) | $ | (0.14 | ) | $ | (0.16 | ) | ||
Weighted average common shares outstanding | 7,126,377 | 12,649,264 | 18,547,552 | 17,673,248 | 22,630,571 | ||||||||||||
Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2) | $ | (0.00 | ) | $ | (0.01 | ) | |||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding (unaudited)(2) | 151,309,511 | 155,392,530 | |||||||||||||||
|
Year Ended December 31, |
Six Months Ended June 30, |
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2006 |
2007 |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||||
Cost of revenue | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 7 | $ | 1 | $ | 10 | ||||||
Research and development | 34 | 50 | 241 | 146 | 238 | |||||||||||
Sales and marketing | — | — | 120 | 26 | 582 | |||||||||||
General and administrative | 9 | 3 | 339 | 219 | 210 | |||||||||||
Total stock based compensation expense | $ | 43 | $ | 53 | $ | 707 | $ | 392 | $ | 1,040 | ||||||
5
The pro forma consolidated balance sheet data give effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock and the elimination of accretion of accrued dividends on shares of our convertible preferred stock upon the closing of this offering. The pro forma as adjusted consolidated balance sheet data also give effect to our sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
|
As of December 31, |
As of June 30, 2007 |
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
Actual |
Pro Forma |
Pro Forma As Adjusted |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
(unaudited) |
(unaudited) |
|||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: | |||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
17,182 |
$ |
8,061 |
$ |
9,765 |
$ |
15,557 |
$ |
15,557 |
|||||||
Working capital | 17,671 | 9,985 | 12,639 | 13,746 | 13,746 | ||||||||||||
Total assets | 23,525 | 23,379 | 39,592 | 55,501 | 55,501 | ||||||||||||
Total convertible redeemable preferred stock | 55,513 | 59,036 | 62,834 | 64,883 | — | ||||||||||||
Total stockholders' equity (deficit) | (37,615 | ) | (50,453 | ) | (53,698 | ) | (55,917 | ) | 9,164 |
6
An investment in shares of our common stock involves a high degree of risk. In deciding whether to invest, you should carefully consider the following risk factors. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects and cause the value of our common stock to decline, which could cause you to lose all or part of your investment. When determining whether to invest, you should also refer to the other information in this prospectus, including in our consolidated financial statements and related notes.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
We have a history of losses and we may not attain or maintain profitability in the future.
We have incurred net losses during each year since our 2001 inception. We incurred a net loss of $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2006 and $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007. As of June 30, 2007, our accumulated deficit was $56.1 million. We expect to make significant expenditures related to the development of our business, including hiring additional personnel relating to sales and marketing, customer service and support and technology development as well as to implement a new enterprise resource planning system. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. As a result of these increased expenditures, we will be required to generate and sustain increased revenue to achieve profitability. Our revenue growth trends in prior periods are not likely to be sustainable, and we may not achieve sufficient revenue to achieve or maintain profitability. Accordingly, we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability and we expect to incur significant losses in the future.
Our operating results may fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter and may fall below expectations in any particular quarter, which could adversely affect the market price of shares of our common stock.
Our operating results are difficult to predict and may fluctuate from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful, and you should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. Our revenue and operating results have in the past fallen below our own internal targets as a result of factors including delayed customer purchases related to product release timing. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of investors or any securities analysts that follow our company in any period, the price of shares of our common stock would likely decline.
Most of our operating expenses do not vary directly with revenue and are difficult to adjust in the short term. As a result, if revenue for a particular quarter is below our expectations, we could not proportionately reduce operating expenses for that quarter, and therefore such a revenue shortfall would have a disproportionate effect on our expected operating results for that quarter.
We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to predict our future operating results.
We were incorporated in May 2001 and shipped our first products in May 2003. We have a limited operating history in the networked storage industry, which is characterized by rapid technological change. We believe our limited operating history and the characteristics of the networked storage industry make it difficult to predict our future operating results. You should consider and evaluate our prospects in light of risks and uncertainties faced by companies such as ours, which include our ability to manage our expanding operations, maintain adequate control over
7
our expenses, maintain our reputation, build trust with our customers and further establish our brand.
The networked storage market is highly competitive, and our current or future competitors may be able to compete more effectively than we do, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, revenue, growth rates and market share.
The networked storage market is highly competitive and we expect competition to intensify in the future. Other companies have introduced and continue to introduce new products in the same markets we serve or intend to enter, and these companies may engage in aggressive business tactics, such as reducing prices, selling at large discounts or engaging in extensive marketing efforts. This competition could require us to reduce the prices and profit margins for our products and increase our sales and marketing expenses, and could result in our failure to increase, or the loss of, market share.
Competitive products may have better performance, lower prices and broader acceptance than our products. Many of our current or potential competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical, sales, marketing and other resources than we do, and may be better positioned to acquire and offer complementary products and technologies. Potential customers may prefer to purchase from their existing suppliers rather than a new supplier regardless of product performance or features. Currently, we face competition from a number of established companies, including EMC, Network Appliance, Dell, Hewlett-Packard, Sun Microsystems, Hitachi Data Systems and IBM. We also face competition from a number of private companies, including Compellent Technologies, LeftHand Networks and 3PAR, as well as recent market entrants. We expect increased competition from both established and emerging companies. For example, EMC has announced plans to increase its sales efforts to mid-sized enterprises. Some of our competitors have also entered, or may in the future enter, into relationships with original equipment manufacturers that could provide those competitors with sales, marketing, distribution and other advantages.
We also expect competition to increase as established and emerging companies attempt to strengthen or maintain their market positions by entering into partnerships or by acquiring competing companies or products. The companies resulting from these possible consolidations may be able to provide more compelling product offerings and offer greater pricing flexibility. This would make it more difficult for us to compete effectively, including on the basis of price, sales and marketing programs, technology or product functionality. Such consolidation may adversely affect customers' perceptions of the viability of smaller and mid-sized technology companies, and such customers may be less willing to purchase from such companies. These pressures could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
We rely on value-added resellers and other distribution partners to sell substantially all of our products. Our failure to develop and manage, or disruptions to, our distribution channels would adversely affect our business.
Our ability to maintain or increase our revenue will depend in part on our ability to maintain arrangements with our existing channel partners and to establish and expand arrangements with new channel partners. If we fail to do so, our future revenue would be harmed. Additionally, by relying on channel partners, we have less contact with the ultimate users of our products, which may make it difficult for us to establish and increase brand awareness, ensure proper delivery and installation of our products, service ongoing customer requirements and respond to evolving customer needs.
8
Recruiting and retaining qualified channel partners and training them in our technology and product offerings requires significant time and resources. In order to develop and expand our distribution channel, we must continue to scale and improve the processes and procedures that support our channel, including investment in systems and training. Those processes and procedures may become increasingly complex and difficult to manage as we expand our organization.
We have no minimum purchase commitments from any of our channel partners, and our contracts with these channel partners do not prohibit them from offering products or services that compete with ours. Our competitors may provide incentives to existing and potential channel partners to favor their products. Our channel partners may choose not to offer our products exclusively or at all. Establishing relationships with channel partners who have a history of selling our competitors' products may also prove to be difficult. Our failure to establish and maintain successful relationships with channel partners would seriously harm our business and operating results.
We receive a substantial portion of our revenue from a limited number of channel partners, and the loss of, or a significant reduction in, orders from one or more of our major channel partners would harm our business.
Our future success is highly dependent upon establishing and successfully maintaining relationships with a large number of resellers and other distribution partners, which we refer to as channel partners. We market and sell our PS Series products through an all-channel assisted sales model and we derive substantially all of our revenue from these channel partners. We receive a substantial portion of our revenue from a limited number of channel partners. For 2004, 2005 and 2006, our top ten channel partners accounted for approximately 39%, 44% and 35% of our total revenue, respectively, and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007, our top ten channel partners accounted for 35% and 41% of our total revenue, respectively. In 2004, one channel partner accounted for approximately 10% of our total revenue. No channel partner accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue in 2005, 2006 or the six months ended June 30, 2006; however, during the six months ended June 30, 2007, the purchasing agent of CDW Corporation accounted for approximately 16% of our total revenue. We anticipate that we will continue to be dependent upon a limited number of channel partners for a significant portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future and, in some cases, a portion of our revenue attributable to individual channel partners may increase in the future. The loss of one or more key channel partners or a reduction in sales through any major channel partner would harm our business.
We derive all of our revenue from sales of our PS Series products and related services. A decline in demand for our PS Series products would have a material adverse effect on our business.
We derive, and expect to continue to derive, all of our revenue from our PS Series product family and related customer support services. Our future sales and operating results will depend, to a significant extent, on the continued market penetration for our PS Series products. As a result, we are vulnerable to fluctuations in demand for this product family, whether as a result of competition, product obsolescence, technological change, customer budgetary constraints or other factors. If the networked storage market does not expand or if our PS Series product family fails to maintain or achieve greater market acceptance, we will not be able to increase our revenue sufficiently to achieve or maintain profitability. Our PS Series products may not achieve and sustain high levels of demand and market acceptance, and they may not meet required performance specifications, which would harm our operating results and competitive position.
9
The networked storage market is characterized by rapid technological changes in networks and evolving standards. If the networks and standards used by our products become obsolete, or if the market for our products using these networks and standards does not grow as we anticipate, our revenue may decline or fail to increase, which would adversely affect our operating results.
The market for our SAN products is characterized by rapid technological changes, changing customer needs and evolving industry standards. The introduction of new technologies and the emergence of new industry standards could make our existing and future products obsolete and unmarketable. As a result, we may not be able to accurately predict the lifecycle of our products, and they may become obsolete before we receive the amount of revenue that we anticipate from them. If any of the foregoing events were to occur, our ability to retain or increase market share in the data storage market could be harmed.
To be successful, we need to anticipate, develop and introduce new products and services on a timely and cost-effective basis that keep pace with technological developments and emerging industry standards and that address the increasingly sophisticated needs of our customers. We may fail to develop and market products and services that respond to technological changes or evolving industry standards, experience difficulties that could delay or prevent the successful development, introduction and marketing of these products and services or fail to develop products and services that adequately meet the requirements of the marketplace or achieve market acceptance. Our failure to develop and market such products and services on a timely basis, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability.
We depend on a continued supply of product components from third-party suppliers, in some cases single source suppliers. If shortages or quality control problems regarding these components arise, we may not be able to secure enough components to build new products to meet customer demand or our own specifications or we may be forced to pay higher prices for these components.
We may experience shortages or quality control problems in the supply of the components that we use in our products, and we may not be able to predict interruptions in the availability of such components. Some of these components are available only from single or limited sources of supply. For example, we depend on GlobTek, Inc. for the power supply component used in our PS Series products. The process of qualifying alternate sources for components, if available at all, may be time consuming, difficult and costly. In addition, the lead times associated with obtaining some components are lengthy and preclude rapid changes in quantity requirements and delivery schedules. Any expansion of our business is likely to increase the pressures on us and our suppliers to project component demand accurately and to establish optimal component inventory levels. In addition, increased demand by third parties for the components we use in our products may lead to decreased availability and higher prices for those components. We rely on our suppliers to deliver necessary components to our contract manufacturers in a timely manner based on forecasts we provide. We rely on purchase orders rather than long-term contracts with our suppliers. As a result, even if available, we may not be able to secure sufficient components at reasonable prices or of acceptable quality to build products in a timely manner. For example, our launch of the SAS product line was delayed in 2006 due to the failure of a SAS product component, provided by a third party, to meet our performance specifications. Future difficulties in securing sufficient quantities of quality components would seriously harm our ability to deliver products to our customers, and our business, operating results and financial condition would suffer.
10
We rely on a single contract manufacturer for assembly of our SAS products, and we are considering transitioning the assembly of our SATA products to the same contract manufacturer in the future. Our failure to forecast accurately the demand for our products or manage successfully our relationship with this contract manufacturer could harm our ability to sell our products.
For our SAS product line, we currently rely on a single contract manufacturer, Xyratex Technology Limited, to manufacture, assemble, test, package and ship our products, and to manage our supply chain and negotiate component costs. In addition, although we currently perform these functions for our SATA product line, we are considering transitioning them to Xyratex during the next 12 months. Our reliance on a contract manufacturer reduces our control over the assembly process. This exposes us to risks, including limited control over quality assurance, production costs and product supply. If we fail to manage our relationship with Xyratex effectively, or if Xyratex experiences delays, disruptions, capacity constraints or quality control problems in its operations, our ability to ship products to our channel partners could be impaired and our competitive position and reputation could be harmed. If Xyratex is unable to negotiate with suppliers for reduced component costs, our operating results would be harmed. Additionally, if we are required to change contract manufacturers or assume additional internal manufacturing operations, we may experience increased costs and product shipment delays, which in turn could lead to decreased revenue and harmed customer relationships. The processes required to qualify a new contract manufacturer and begin high volume production are expensive and time-consuming.
Our agreement with Xyratex does not provide for specific quantities or inventory levels for our finished products. Instead, we provide Xyratex with monthly 12-month rolling forecasts of expected demand and place monthly blanket purchase orders by the fifth day of each month for expected shipments during that month. These purchase orders may exceed the demand that we anticipated in the most recent rolling forecast, so as to provide a buffer against underestimated demand for our products. If we overestimate our manufacturing needs, we may incur liabilities for excess or obsolete inventory of components unique to our products. Conversely, because lead times for required materials and components vary significantly and depend on factors such as the specific supplier, contract terms and demand for the particular component at any given time, if we underestimate our requirements, Xyratex may not have adequate materials and components to assemble our products. In that event, the manufacture of our products could be interrupted, shipments could be delayed and revenue could be deferred or lost. Xyratex generally carries very little inventory of components for our products, and we rely on its suppliers to deliver necessary components in a timely manner based on forecasts provided to the suppliers by Xyratex.
We intend to introduce new products and product enhancements, which would require us to achieve high volume production rapidly through contract manufacturers and suppliers. We may need to increase our component purchases, contract manufacturing capacity and internal test and quality functions if we experience increased demand. If Xyratex or other contract manufacturers are unable to provide us with adequate supplies of high-quality products, or if they are unable to obtain adequate quantities of components, we could experience order fulfillment delays and our business, operating results and financial condition would be adversely affected. Additionally, if we do not transition our SATA product manufacture to Xyratex, we may not realize the benefits of its increased purchasing power, and we may need to maintain product inventory levels that would not otherwise be necessary.
Our agreement with Xyratex continues for successive one-year terms. Xyratex can terminate our agreement for any reason, however, upon at least six months notice prior to the end of the then-current term and immediately in the case of specified breaches. If we are required to change contract manufacturers or assume internal manufacturing operations due to any termination of the agreement with Xyratex, we may lose revenue, experience manufacturing delays, incur increased
11
costs or otherwise damage our customer relationships. We cannot assure you that we will be able to establish an alternative on acceptable terms or at all.
Our products incorporate commodity components. Our gross margins and our ability to respond in a timely manner to customer demands are sensitive to volatility in the market prices and availability for these components.
A significant portion of our costs of goods sold is directly related to the pricing of commodity components required for the manufacture of our products, such as memory chips and disk drives. We do not enter into long-term supply contracts for these components. For our SAS products, Xyratex, our contract manufacturer, purchases these components on our behalf. For our SATA products, we purchase these components. We and Xyratex generally purchase these components on the basis of competitive-bid purchase orders with suppliers. As a result, our expenses are affected by price volatility for these components, particularly for disk drives and memory. This volatility makes it difficult to predict future expenses and operating results and may cause them to fluctuate significantly. Furthermore, if we are successful in expanding our business, we may be required to enter into contracts with component suppliers to obtain these components. This could increase our costs and decrease our gross margins.
Our ability to sell our products and retain customers is dependent on the quality of our support and services offerings. Our failure to offer high quality support and services could have a material adverse effect on our sales and results of operations.
Once our products are deployed within our customers' networks, our customers depend on our support organization to resolve difficulties relating to our products. In some geographic locations, we contract with our channel partners to provide support for our customers, and we subcontract with third parties to enhance our internal support capabilities. Specifically, we have engaged third parties to provide call logging, contract validation, problem definition and spare parts logistics, as well as worldwide on-site service with four-hour response for those customers who select our highest customer support option. We, our channel partners and these third-party support providers must be able to deliver a high level of customer support and services. If we or they do not help our customers quickly resolve post-deployment issues and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell our products to existing customers would suffer and our reputation with potential customers would be harmed. As we expand our sales, we will be required to hire and train additional support personnel in the United States and internationally, and our third-party support providers may need to do so as well. As we expand our operations internationally, our support organization will face additional challenges including those associated with delivering support, training and documentation in languages other than English. If we fail to maintain high quality customer support or expand our support organization to match any future sales growth, our business will suffer.
We may not be able to sustain our percentage growth rate.
We have experienced significant growth in a short period of time. Our revenue increased from $10.4 million in 2004 to $68.1 million in 2006. We do not expect to achieve similar percentage growth rates in future periods. You should not rely on our operating results for any prior quarterly or annual periods as an indication of our future operating performance. If we are unable to maintain adequate revenue growth in dollars, our financial results could suffer and our stock price could decline.
Our future operating results depend to a large extent on our ability to successfully manage our anticipated expansion and growth. We intend to increase our investment in research and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative and other functions to grow our business. We are likely to recognize the costs associated with these increased investments earlier than some of the anticipated benefits and the return on these investments may be lower, or may develop more slowly, than we expect, which could harm our business.
12
If we fail to manage future growth effectively, including upgrades to our internal information technology and enterprise resource planning software systems, our business would be harmed.
We have expanded our operations significantly since inception and anticipate expanding further. This future growth, if it occurs, will place significant demands on our management, infrastructure and other resources. To manage any future growth, we will need to hire, integrate and retain highly skilled and motivated employees. We will also need to continue to improve our financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures. We intend to implement a new enterprise resource planning software system that will replace a substantial majority of our critical finance and supply chain management systems. If we experience delays or difficulties in implementing the new enterprise resource planning system, or if we otherwise do not effectively manage our growth, we may not be able to execute on our business plan, respond to competitive pressures, take advantage of market opportunities, satisfy customer requirements or maintain product quality.
Our sales cycle is short and unpredictable. As a result, we may not be able to reliably predict future sales and manufacturing needs, which may cause our operating results to fluctuate significantly or fall below expectations.
Our sales cycle is often less than sixty days and a substantial portion of our quarterly sales typically occurs during the last month of the quarter, which we believe largely reflects customer buying patterns of products similar to ours and other products in the technology industry generally. As a result of this short sales cycle, we cannot at the beginning of a quarter identify with specificity a significant portion of the sales opportunities necessary to attain our sales forecast for that quarter, and must rely on other quantitative and qualitative measures to predict our sales. Similarly, we have limited ability to predict at the start of any quarter which existing customers, if any, will make additional purchases and when any such additional purchases may occur, if at all. In addition, the orders we have received but not yet filled, if any, at the beginning of a given quarter are not indicative of how we will perform in that quarter, and our quarterly operating results are difficult to predict even in the near term.
Our product architecture is complex and future products may take longer to develop than anticipated. As a result, we may not recognize revenue from new products or product enhancements until after we have incurred significant development costs, if at all.
Our product architecture is highly technical and complex. We continually seek to develop new features and enhancements to our products. These product enhancements often take substantial time to develop because of their complexity. We often do not recognize revenue from our new products or product enhancements until we have incurred significant development costs. Additionally, the development of new features and enhancements to our products is dependent on factors which may be outside our control. For example, our development of a unified "SATA over SAS" product that meets our quality requirements has taken longer than we originally forecast because certain required components supplied by third parties do not meet our specifications, and we have been required to develop alternatives to using such components. Additionally, our launch of the SAS product line was delayed in 2006 due to the failure of a SAS product component provided by a third party to meet our performance specifications. Our operating results will suffer if our new products or product enhancements fail to meet our or our customers' expectations.
13
If we do not successfully anticipate market needs and develop products and product enhancements that meet those needs, or if our products do not gain market acceptance, our business and financial results will be adversely affected.
The networked storage market is characterized by rapid technological change, frequent new product introductions and evolving industry standards. Our future growth depends on the successful development and introduction of new products and enhancements to existing products that achieve acceptance in the market. We may not be able to anticipate future market needs or be able to develop new products or product enhancements to meet such needs. In addition, any new products or product enhancements that we introduce may not achieve any significant degree of market acceptance or be accepted into our sales channel by our channel partners. If we are unable, for technological or other reasons, to develop, introduce or enhance our products in a timely manner in response to changing market conditions or evolving customer requirements, or if our new products and product enhancements do not achieve market acceptance due to competitive or other factors, our business, operating results and financial condition may suffer.
If we introduce new products or product enhancements in the future, demand for our existing products may decrease. As we introduce new products and product enhancements, we will be required to manage the transition from older products to minimize disruption in customers' ordering patterns, avoid excessive levels of older product inventories and ensure that sufficient supplies of new products can be delivered in a timely manner to meet customer demand.
If our products do not interoperate with our customers' networks, servers or software applications, deployments may be delayed or cancelled, which would harm our business.
Our products must interoperate with our customers' networks, which often have different specifications, use multiple protocol standards and products from multiple vendors, and contain multiple generations of products that have been added over time. If we find errors in the existing software or defects in the hardware used in our customers' networks or problematic network configurations or settings, we may have to modify our software or hardware so that our products will interoperate with our customers' networks. This could cause longer installation times for our products, delays of future purchases of our products or the purchase of competitive products, any of which would adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our products may contain undetected software or hardware defects, which could cause privacy breaches or data unavailability, loss or corruption that might, in turn, result in costly litigation and harm to our reputation and adversely affect our business.
When deployed, our products store and manage data that are critical to our customers' operations. Our products have contained and may contain undetected errors, defects or security vulnerabilities. Some errors in our products may only be discovered after a product has been installed and used by a customer. Errors, defects or security vulnerabilities discovered in our products after commercial release could result in any of the following, which could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition:
14
Our contracts with channel partners generally contain provisions relating to warranty disclaimers and liability limitations, which may be ineffective. Defending a lawsuit, regardless of its merit, is costly and may divert management's attention away from the business and adversely affect the market's perception of us and our products. In addition, if our business liability insurance coverage is inadequate or future coverage is unavailable on acceptable terms or at all, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.
If we lose key personnel or if we are unable to attract, hire, integrate and retain key personnel on a cost-effective basis, our business would be harmed.
Our future success depends, in part, on our ability to attract, hire, integrate and retain key personnel, including the continued contributions of our executive officers and other key personnel, some of whom joined us in the last 12 months, and each of whom may be difficult to replace. The loss of services of any of these or other executive officers or key personnel or the inability to continue to attract qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business. Our executive officers are not parties to employment agreements with us and, therefore, may terminate their employment with us at any time, with no advance notice. The replacement of any of these executive officers would involve significant time and expense and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives.
Our international sales and operations subject us to additional risks that may adversely affect our operating results.
During the year ended December 31, 2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2007, we derived approximately 17% and 16% of our total revenue, respectively, from sales outside of North America, and we continue to expand our international operations. Any continued expansion into international markets will require significant resources and management attention and will subject us to new regulatory, economic and political challenges, including:
As we continue to expand our business globally, our success will depend, in large part, on our ability to anticipate and effectively manage these and other risks associated with our international operations. We cannot be sure that further international expansion will be successful. Our failure to respond to any of these challenges successfully could harm our international operations and reduce our international sales, which could in turn adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
15
We may need additional capital in the future, which may not be available to us on favorable terms, or at all. Failure to secure such capital could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
We have historically relied on outside financing and cash from operations to fund our operations, capital expenditures and expansion. We may require additional capital from equity or debt financing in the future to:
We may not be able to secure timely additional financing on favorable terms, or at all. The terms of any additional financing may place limits on our financial and operating flexibility. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities or other securities convertible into equity, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of our company, and any new securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of shares of our common stock, including shares of our common stock sold in this offering. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, if and when we require it, our ability to grow or support our business and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.
We are subject to governmental export and import controls that could subject us to liability or impair our ability to compete in international markets.
Our products incorporate encryption technology, and, as a result, are subject to U.S. export controls and may be exported outside the United States only with the required level of export license or through an export license exception. In addition, various countries regulate the import of certain encryption technology and have enacted laws that could limit our ability to distribute our products or could limit our customers' ability to implement our products in those countries. Changes in our products or changes in export and import regulations may create delays in the introduction of our products in international markets, prevent our customers with international operations from deploying our products throughout their networks or, in some cases, prevent the export or import of our products to certain countries altogether. Any change in export or import laws and regulations, shifts in approach to the enforcement or scope of existing laws and regulations, or change in the countries, persons or technologies targeted by such regulations, could result in decreased use of our products by, or in our decreased ability to export or sell our products to, existing or potential customers with international operations. Any decreased use of our products or limitation on our ability to export or sell our products would likely adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
We may engage in future acquisitions that could disrupt our business, cause dilution to our stockholders and harm our business, operating results or financial condition.
Although we currently have no business acquisitions pending or planned, we have, from time to time, evaluated acquisition opportunities and may pursue acquisition opportunities in the future. We have very little experience consummating acquisitions, and therefore our ability as an organization to make acquisitions is unproven. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, or such acquisitions may be viewed negatively by customers, financial markets or investors.
16
In addition, any acquisitions that we make could lead to difficulties in integrating personnel and operations from the acquired businesses and in retaining and motivating key personnel from these businesses. Acquisitions may disrupt our ongoing operations, divert management from day-to-day responsibilities, increase our expenses or adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Future acquisitions may reduce our cash available for operations and other uses and could result in an increase in amortization expense related to identifiable assets acquired, potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our business is subject to increasingly complex environmental legislation that has increased both our costs and the risk of noncompliance and may continue to do so in the future.
We face increasing complexity in the design and manufacture of our products as we adjust to new and upcoming requirements relating to our products' materials composition. For example, the European Union, or EU, has adopted certain directives to facilitate the recycling of electrical and electronic equipment sold in the EU, including the Restriction on the Use of Certain Hazardous Substances in Electrical and Electronic Equipment, or RoHS, directive. The RoHS directive restricts the use of lead, mercury and certain other substances in electrical and electronic products placed on the market in the EU after July 1, 2006. A companion EU directive, the Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive, imposes responsibility for the collection, recycling and recovery for certain electrical and electronic products on the manufacturers of such equipment. We have incurred costs to comply with these regulations in the past and could incur additional costs in the future. In addition, compliance with these regulations could disrupt our operations and logistics. We will need to ensure that we can design and manufacture compliant products and that we can be assured a supply of compliant components from suppliers. Similar laws and regulations have been proposed or may be enacted in other regions. These and other environmental regulations may require us to reengineer our products to incorporate new components that are compatible with these regulations, which may result increase our expenses.
If we fail to maintain proper and effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting, our ability to produce accurate financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our operating results, our ability to operate our business and investors' and customers' views of us.
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. In particular, for the year ending December 31, 2008, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management and our independent registered public accounting firm to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2008, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our independent registered public accounting firm, may reveal deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses. Our compliance with Section 404 will require that we incur substantial expense and expend significant management time on compliance-related issues. We will need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. Moreover, if we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting that are deemed to be material weaknesses, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the Nasdaq Stock Market, the Securities and Exchange Commission, which we refer to as the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.
17
Risks Related to Intellectual Property
We have limited protection of our intellectual property and the enforcement of our intellectual property rights may result in costly litigation.
Our success and ability to compete depends in part upon our ability to obtain protection in the United States and other countries for our technology and products by establishing and maintaining intellectual property rights relating to or incorporated into our technology and products. We own one patent, and have filed several additional patent applications in the United States and foreign jurisdictions. However, we have not obtained patent protection in each market in which we plan to compete. Many U.S.-based companies have encountered substantial intellectual property infringement in foreign countries, including countries where we sell or intend to sell products. Even if our foreign patent applications are granted, effective enforcement of those foreign patents may not be possible or practical. To date, our patent portfolio has not prevented other companies from competing against us, and we do not know how successful we would be if we sought to enforce our patent rights against suspected infringers.
The patent position of a company like ours is generally uncertain and subject to the resolution of complex legal and factual questions by parties unrelated to us. Our ability to develop and maintain our intellectual property rights for protecting our technology will depend in part on our success in obtaining effective patent claims and enforcing those claims once they are granted. We do not know whether any of our patent applications or any patent applications that we license will issue as patents. Our issued patent, those patents that may issue in the future or those patents licensed to us, may be challenged, narrowed, invalidated or circumvented, which could limit our ability to stop competitors from making, using or selling similar products or limit the term of patent protection that we may have for our products.
In addition, the rights granted under any issued patents may not provide us with competitive advantages against companies with similar technology. Competitors may independently develop similar technologies or duplicate any technology developed by us. Because of the time required to develop and test potential product, it is possible that, before any of our products under development can be commercialized, any related patent we may have may expire or remain in force for only a short period following commercialization, thereby reducing any competitive advantage offered by the patent. Furthermore, changes in patent law or in interpretation of patent law in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our intellectual property or narrow the scope of our patent protection. Any circumstance or change that results in patent protection becoming unavailable for our products could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. In order to enforce our intellectual property rights, we may become a party to patent litigation and other proceedings, including interference proceedings declared by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and opposition proceedings in the European Patent Office, regarding intellectual property rights with respect to our products and technology. The cost to us of any patent litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace. Patent litigation and other proceedings may also require significant commitments of time by our technical staff and management.
We also rely, in some circumstances, on trade secrets to protect our technology. Trade secrets, however, may lose their value if they are not properly protected. We seek to protect our proprietary technology and processes, in part, by entering into confidentiality agreements with our
18
employees, consultants and other contractors. These agreements may be breached, and we may not have adequate remedies for any breach. In addition, our trade secrets may otherwise become known or be independently discovered by competitors. To the extent that our employees, consultants or contractors use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights and ownership in related or resulting know-how and inventions.
Claims by others that we infringe their intellectual property could force us to incur significant costs or revise the way we conduct our business.
Third parties have asserted, and may assert in the future, claims that our products infringe patents, patent applications, or other intellectual property rights under which we do not hold licenses or other rights. Third parties may own or control these patents, patent applications, or other intellectual property rights in the United States and abroad. These third parties have brought, and could in the future bring, claims against us that would cause us to incur substantial expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could cause us to pay substantial damages, invalidate our proprietary rights, and compel us to do one or more of the following:
Our channel partners and customers could also be subject to litigation relating to the patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties. This could trigger technical support and indemnification obligations in our licenses or customer service agreements.
The cost to us of any patent litigation or other proceeding, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial and require significant commitments of time by our technical staff and management. In addition, such litigation could harm our relationships with our channel partners or customers and cause the sale of our products to decrease.
We rely on the availability of licenses for intellectual property from third parties, and if these licenses are not available to us on commercially reasonable terms, product sales and development may be delayed.
We incorporate certain third-party technologies, including software programs, into our products and we may need to utilize additional third-party technologies in the future. For example, we rely on a license from Wind River Systems for management tools that we integrate into our products, and on the open source NetBSD operating system for our products' functionality. Licenses to these and other third-party technologies and intellectual property, such as patents, may not continue to be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. Therefore, we could face delays in product releases until alternative technology can be identified, licensed or developed, and integrated into our current products. These delays, if they occur, could materially adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
19
Our use of third-party and open source software could impose limitations on our ability to commercialize our products.
We incorporate open source software into our products. Although we monitor our use of open source, the terms of many open source licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and such licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to sell and market our products. Although we make efforts to comply with our obligations under the various applicable licenses for the open source software we use to avoid subjecting our proprietary products to unanticipated conditions or restrictions, in the event that a copyright owner were to successfully establish in court that we had not complied with the terms of a license for a particular work, we could be required to seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products, to re-engineer our products, and to discontinue the sale of our products in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished on a timely basis, any of which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Shares of Our Common Stock
The trading price of shares of our common stock is likely to be volatile, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the initial public offering price.
Shares of our common stock have no prior trading history, and an active public market for these shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering. The initial public offering price for shares of our common stock was determined through negotiations with the representatives of the underwriters. This price will not necessarily reflect the price at which investors in the market will be willing to buy and sell our shares following this offering. In addition, the trading price of shares of our common stock is likely to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors. In addition to risks discussed elsewhere in these risk factors, if the market for technology stocks or the stock market in general experiences a loss of investor confidence, the trading price of shares of our common stock could decline for reasons unrelated to our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities class actions filed against them. If a suit were filed against us, regardless of its merits or outcome, it would likely result in substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources. This could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our securities have no prior market and our stock price may decline after the offering.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. Although we have applied to have our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market, an active public trading market for shares of our common stock may not develop or, if it develops, may not be maintained after this offering. For example, the Nasdaq Global Market imposes certain securities trading requirements, including minimum bid price, minimum number of stockholders, minimum number of trading market makers and minimum market value of publicly-traded shares. Our company and the representatives of the underwriters negotiated to determine the initial public offering price. The initial public offering price may be higher than the trading price of shares of our common stock following this offering. As a result, you could lose all or part of your investment.
Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.
If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of shares of our common stock in the public market after the contractual lock-up agreements described below and other restrictions on resale lapse, the trading price of shares of our common stock could decline below the initial public offering price. Based on shares outstanding as of June 30, 2007, upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding shares of our common stock,
20
assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. Of these shares, shares of our common stock will be subject to a 180-day contractual lock-up with the underwriters. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, acting as representatives of the underwriters, may permit our officers, directors, employees and current stockholders who are subject to the contractual lock-up to sell shares prior to the expiration of the lock-up agreements.
Some of our existing stockholders have demand and incidental registration rights to require us to register with the SEC up to 135,483,144 shares of our common stock. If we register these shares of our common stock, the stockholders would be able to sell those shares freely in the public market.
See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for further details regarding the number of shares eligible for sale in the public market after this offering.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for shares of our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of our company, the trading price for our stock would be adversely affected. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.
Insiders will continue to have substantial control over us after this offering and will be able to determine corporate matters requiring stockholder approval.
Upon the closing of this offering, our directors and executive officers and their affiliates will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately % of the outstanding shares of our common stock, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. All of our current directors were elected pursuant to a stockholders agreement that will terminate upon the closing of this offering. Upon the closing of this offering, our existing stockholders will not have any agreements or understandings to act together in any matters submitted for stockholder approval. However, these stockholders will be able to determine the outcome of all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, such as a merger or other sale of our company or its assets. This concentration of ownership could limit your ability to influence corporate matters and may have the effect of delaying or preventing a third party from acquiring control over us. For information regarding the ownership of our outstanding stock by our executive officers and directors and their affiliates, see "Principal and Selling Stockholders."
You will experience substantial dilution as a result of this offering and future equity issuances.
The initial public offering price per share is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per share of our common stock outstanding prior to this offering. As a result, investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering will experience immediate substantial dilution of $ per share. In addition, we have issued options to acquire shares of our common stock at prices significantly below the initial public offering price. To the extent outstanding options are ultimately exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering. This dilution is due in large part to the fact that our earlier investors paid substantially less than the initial public offering price when they purchased their shares of our common stock. In addition, if the underwriters
21
exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock this offering, if outstanding warrants to purchase shares of our common stock are exercised or if we issue additional equity securities, you will experience additional dilution.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our company and may affect the trading price of shares of our common stock.
We are a Delaware corporation and the anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law may discourage, delay or prevent a change in control by prohibiting us from engaging in a business combination with an interested stockholder for a period of three years after the person becomes an interested stockholder, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our existing stockholders. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will be in effect prior to the closing of this offering:
For more information regarding these and other provisions, see the section titled "Description of Capital Stock — Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law."
Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the proceeds we receive in this offering and might not apply the proceeds in ways that increase the value of your investment.
Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds. Our management might not apply the net proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the development of new products, sales and marketing activities and capital expenditures. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use the net proceeds from this offering.
We have never paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
We have never paid cash dividends on shares of our common stock, and we do not expect to pay cash dividends on shares of our common stock, including the shares of our common stock issued in this offering. Our bank credit agreement with Silicon Valley Bank prohibits the payment of cash dividends without its consent. Subject to that requirement, any future dividend payments are within the absolute discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, working capital requirements, capital expenditure requirements, financial condition, contractual restrictions, business opportunities, anticipated cash needs, provisions of applicable law and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. We may not generate sufficient cash from operations in the future to pay dividends on our common stock. See "Dividend Policy."
22
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this prospectus regarding our strategy, future operations, future financial position, future revenue, projected costs, prospects, plans, objectives of management and expected market growth are forward-looking statements. The words "anticipate," "believe," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "plan," "predict," "project," "will," "would" and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. These forward-looking statements include, among other things, statements about:
We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. We have included important factors in the cautionary statements included in this prospectus, particularly in the "Risk Factors" section, that could cause actual results or events to differ materially from the forward-looking statements that we make. Our forward-looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.
You should read this prospectus and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We do not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
23
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $ million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. At an assumed public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the selling stockholders will receive $ million from their sale of our common stock in this offering, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $ million and increase (decrease) the net proceeds to the selling stockholders from this offering by $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us and the selling stockholders, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same.
We intend to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for working capital and other general corporate purposes, including the development of new products, and funding capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments. In addition, the other principal purposes for this offering are to:
We have not yet determined with any certainty the manner in which we will allocate these net proceeds. Management will retain broad discretion in the allocation and use of the net proceeds to us from this offering. The amounts and timing of these expenditures will vary depending on a number of factors, including the amount of cash generated by our operations, competitive and technological developments, and the rate of growth, if any, of our business. For example, if we were to expand our operations more rapidly than anticipated by our current plans, a greater portion of our net proceeds would likely be used for the construction and expansion of facilities, working capital and other capital expenditures. Alternatively, if we were to engage in an acquisition that contained a significant cash component, some or all of our net proceeds might be used for that purpose.
Although we may use a portion of our net proceeds for the acquisition of, or investment in, companies, technologies, products or assets that complement our business, we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or make any investments. We cannot assure you that we will make any acquisitions or investments in the future.
Pending specific utilization of the net proceeds as described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds to us from this offering in short-term investment grade and U.S. government securities.
24
We have never paid or declared any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business, and we do not expect to pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock in the foreseeable future. Payment of future dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of the board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, restrictions contained in current or future financing arrangements, and other factors the board deems relevant. Our bank credit agreement with Silicon Valley Bank prohibits the payment of cash dividends.
25
The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2007:
You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
As of June 30, 2007 |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Actual |
Pro Forma |
Pro Forma As Adjusted |
||||||
|
(unaudited) (in thousands) |
||||||||
Current and long-term capital lease obligation | $ | 18 | $ | 18 | |||||
Convertible preferred stock, $0.01 par value: 117,099,610 authorized and issuable in series, 117,044,054 issued and outstanding actual; 117,099,610 authorized, no shares issued and outstanding pro forma and pro forma as adjusted | 64,883 | — | |||||||
Stockholders' equity (deficit): | |||||||||
Common stock, $0.01 par value: | |||||||||
200,000,000 shares authorized, 23,643,352 issued actual; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 156,405,311 shares issued pro forma; shares authorized, shares issued pro forma as adjusted | 236 | 1,564 | |||||||
Additional paid-in capital | — | 63,753 | |||||||
Treasury stock, 32,282 shares at cost | (16 | ) | (16 | ) | |||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income | 11 | 11 | |||||||
Accumulated deficit | (56,148 | ) | (56,148 | ) | |||||
Total stockholders' equity (deficit) | (55,917 | ) | 9,164 | ||||||
Total capitalization | $ | 8,984 | $ | 9,182 | |||||
26
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase (decrease) each of additional paid-in capital and total stockholders' equity in the pro forma as adjusted column by $ million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The table above excludes:
27
If you invest in shares of our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Our pro forma net tangible book value as of June 30, 2007 was $9.2 million, or $0.06 per share of common stock. Our pro forma net tangible book value per share set forth below represents our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of our common stock outstanding on June 30, 2007, after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering and the -for- reverse split of shares of our common stock to be effected prior to the closing of this offering.
After giving effect to our issuance and sale of shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2007 would have been $ million, or $ per share of our common stock. This represents an immediate increase in our net tangible book value to our existing stockholders of $ per share. The initial public offering price per share of our common stock will significantly exceed the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share. Accordingly, new investors who purchase shares of our common stock in this offering will suffer an immediate dilution of their investment of $ per share. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering without giving effect to the underwriters' exercise of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering:
Assumed initial public offering price per share | $ | ||||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2007 | $ | 0.06 | |||||
Increase per share attributable to sale of shares of our common stock in this offering | |||||||
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering | |||||||
Dilution per share to new investors | $ | ||||||
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by $ million, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $ per share and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share to investors in this offering by $ per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value will increase to $ per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $ per share and an immediate dilution of $ per share to new investors. If any shares are issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, you will experience further dilution.
The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 2007, giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock, the differences between the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid by existing
28
stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The calculations below are based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, before the deduction of the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:
|
|
|
Total Consideration |
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Shares Purchased |
|
||||||||||
|
Average Price Per Share |
|||||||||||
|
Number |
% |
Amount |
% |
||||||||
Existing stockholders | 156,373,029 | % | $ | 53,115,533 | % | $ | 0.34 | |||||
New investors | $ | |||||||||||
Total | 100 | % | $ | 100 | % | |||||||
The number of shares purchased from us by existing stockholders is based on 156,373,029 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2007 after giving effect to the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering and the -for- reverse split of shares of our common stock to be effected prior to the closing of this offering. This number excludes:
If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering, the number of shares held by new investors will increase to , or % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.
The sale of shares of our common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders to , or % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares of our common stock held by new investors to , or % of the total shares of our common stock outstanding. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering, the shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will further decrease to , or % of the total shares of our common stock outstanding, and the number of shares of our common stock held by new investors will further increase to , or % of the total shares of our common stock outstanding.
29
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2002, 2003 and 2004 from our audited consolidated financial statements, which are not included in this prospectus. We have derived the consolidated financial data for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 and as of June 30, 2007 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, the unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for the fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any future period.
You should read these selected consolidated financial data together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
Year Ended December 31, |
Six Months Ended June 30, |
|||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002 |
2003 |
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2006 |
2007 |
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|||||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue | $ | — | $ | 492 | $ | 10,354 | $ | 29,960 | $ | 68,064 | $ | 29,145 | $ | 53,228 | |||||||||
Cost of revenue(1) | — | 434 | 5,220 | 12,869 | 26,024 | 11,126 | 19,222 | ||||||||||||||||
Gross margin | — | 58 | 5,134 | 17,091 | 42,040 | 18,019 | 34,006 | ||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Research and development(1) | 8,005 | 6,917 | 7,753 | 9,666 | 10,814 | 5,226 | 6,815 | ||||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing(1) | 686 | 2,793 | 7,228 | 14,204 | 26,577 | 11,251 | 25,503 | ||||||||||||||||
General and administrative(1) | 590 | 1,529 | 2,447 | 3,020 | 5,348 | 2,184 | 3,291 | ||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses | 9,281 | 11,239 | 17,428 | 26,890 | 42,739 | 18,661 | 35,609 | ||||||||||||||||
Loss from operations | (9,281 | ) | (11,181 | ) | (12,294 | ) | (9,799 | ) | (699 | ) | (642 | ) | (1,603 | ) | |||||||||
Other income (expense), net | (28 | ) | 5 | 156 | 331 | 240 | 104 | 86 | |||||||||||||||
Loss before tax provision and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | (9,309 | ) | (11,176 | ) | (12,138 | ) | (9,468 | ) | (459 | ) | (538 | ) | (1,517 | ) | |||||||||
Income tax provision | — | — | — | — | — | — | (22 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | (9,309 | ) | (11,176 | ) | (12,138 | ) | (9,468 | ) | (459 | ) | (538 | ) | (1,539 | ) | |||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | — | — | — | 34 | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||||
Net loss | (9,309 | ) | (11,176 | ) | (12,138 | ) | (9,434 | ) | (459 | ) | (538 | ) | (1,539 | ) | |||||||||
Accretion to preferred stock | (9 | ) | (992 | ) | (2,570 | ) | (3,522 | ) | (3,798 | ) | (1,901 | ) | (2,048 | ) | |||||||||
Net loss attributable to common stockholders | $ | (9,318 | ) | $ | (12,168 | ) | $ | (14,708 | ) | $ | (12,956 | ) | $ | (4,257 | ) | $ | (2,439 | ) | $ | (3,587 | ) | ||
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted | $ | (7.49 | ) | $ | (4.39 | ) | $ | (2.06 | ) | $ | (1.02 | ) | $ | (0.23 | ) | $ | (0.14 | ) | $ | (0.16 | ) | ||
Weighted average common shares outstanding |
1,243,357 |
2,772,505 |
7,126,377 |
12,649,264 |
18,547,552 |
17,673,248 |
22,630,571 |
||||||||||||||||
Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited)(2) |
$ |
(0.00 |
) |
$ |
(0.01 |
) |
|||||||||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding (unaudited)(2) |
151,309,511 |
155,392,530 |
|||||||||||||||||||||
30
|
Year Ended December 31, |
Six Months Ended June 30, |
||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2002 |
2003 |
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2006 |
2007 |
|||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenue | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 7 | $ | 1 | $ | 10 | ||||||||
Research and development | 7 | 7 | 34 | 50 | 241 | 146 | 238 | |||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing | — | — | — | — | 120 | 26 | 582 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative | 14 | 8 | 9 | 3 | 339 | 219 | 210 | |||||||||||||||
Total stock based compensation expense | $ | 21 | $ | 15 | $ | 43 | $ | 53 | $ | 707 | $ | 392 | $ | 1,040 | ||||||||
|
As of December 31, |
|
|||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
As of June 30, 2007 |
||||||||||||||||||
|
2002 |
2003 |
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: | |||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 1,349 | $ | 10,599 | $ | 17,182 | $ | 8,061 | $ | 9,765 | $ | 15,557 | |||||||
Working capital | 738 | 9,621 | 17,671 | 9,985 | 12,639 | 13,746 | |||||||||||||
Total assets | 1,909 | 13,113 | 23,525 | 23,379 | 39,592 | 55,501 | |||||||||||||
Total convertible redeemable preferred stock | 11,969 | 32,977 | 55,513 | 59,036 | 62,834 | 64,883 | |||||||||||||
Total stockholders' equity (deficit) | (11,149 | ) | (22,994 | ) | (37,615 | ) | (50,453 | ) | (53,698 | ) | (55,917 | ) |
31
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and the other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We were incorporated in May 2001 with a vision of simplifying the way enterprises retain, access, manage and protect their data. We shipped our first products in May 2003, and since then we have sold our products to over 2,700 customers in more than 30 countries across a broad range of industries. We sell our products exclusively through a growing network of channel partners, enabling us to cost effectively increase our market penetration. As of June 30, 2007, more than 470 of these channel partners are active channel partners, or channel partners that sold our products and services during the prior twelve months.
Our products are designed specifically for mid-sized enterprises that have complex storage needs but cannot justify the high procurement and management costs of other SAN alternatives. They combine high-performance and high-availability disk storage with a comprehensive suite of intelligent storage management software. Our complete set of software features is included in the product purchase price, with unspecified software upgrades included in customer service agreements that most customers purchase.
We maintain our corporate headquarters in Nashua, New Hampshire. We use these facilities for research and development, customer support and sales and marketing, as well as for the assembly, quality control, packaging and shipping of our SATA products. Our sales employees are also located in various other locations throughout the United States, as well as in Canada, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, the Netherlands, Belgium, Denmark and Japan. We added 108 employees during the six months ended June 30, 2007 and had 325 employees as of June 30, 2007.
Key Business Metrics
In evaluating our business performance, our management monitors numerous qualitative and quantitative factors. The primary financial metrics we monitor are revenue, gross margin, operating expense and cash flow. The principal non-financial metrics we monitor are:
32
We believe our continued revenue growth depends largely on our ability to attract new customers, and consider continued expansion in the number of channel partners selling our products to be an important factor in expanding our customer base and, as a result, our product revenue. The number of our active channel partners selling our products has increased from approximately 55 as of December 31, 2004 to over 470 as of June 30, 2007. As a result, the number of customers using our products has increased from approximately 640 as of December 31, 2004 to more than 2,700 as of June 30, 2007. During the year ended December 31, 2004, one channel partner accounted for approximately 10% of our total revenue. During the six months ended June 30, 2007, one of our channel partners, the purchasing agent of CDW Corporation, accounted for approximately 16% of our total revenue. During the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2007, no individual customer accounted for greater than 10% of our total revenue. Additional sales to existing customers as they deploy additional applications and as their capacity needs increase is also an important driver of revenue growth. For the six months ended June 30, 2007, our long-term repeat order rate was approximately 35%.
As we expand our sales capabilities and channel partner base in the European and Asia Pacific markets, we expect overseas revenue to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of our total revenue. Revenue outside of North America accounted for approximately 17% and 16% of our total revenue during the year ended December 31, 2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2007, respectively.
We believe our product revenue growth also depends on our ability to introduce, and the market's acceptance of, new, typically higher priced, products with higher capacity and performance as well as features designed to address the evolving storage needs of mid-sized enterprises. We have and will continue to periodically introduce such products. The price for any particular storage array typically declines over time as the costs of the underlying hardware components, particularly disk drives, decrease. Our revenue growth also depends on our ability to sustain our current high level of customer satisfaction generated, in part, by our customer service operations. We survey our customers on a quarterly basis to determine their level of satisfaction with our products and services and to identify opportunities for improvement.
Growth of our services revenue depends on increasing the number of systems under customer service agreements, which in turn relies upon selling service agreements with product purchases and on continued renewal of existing customer service agreements. We expect our services revenue to continue to increase as our installed product base increases.
Our ability to achieve and sustain profitability will be affected by our ability to maintain our gross margin and the rate at which we incur additional expenses to attract new customers, develop new products, support the highly transactional nature of our revenue stream, provide effective customer service and expand our general and administrative capabilities. As we expand internationally, we may incur additional costs to conform our products to comply with local laws or local product specifications and to ship our products to our international customers.
Revenue
We derive our revenue from the sale of products and related customer service agreements. Product sales include embedded software and are typically accompanied by customer service agreements that provide parts replacement, unspecified software upgrades, telephone support and, often, on-site repair service.
We maintain standard price lists for our products and customer service agreements and have a company policy that governs the levels of pricing incentives our sales organization may offer our channel partners based on factors such as partner status, transaction size and gross profit. Our
33
product revenue and gross profit are directly affected by our ability to manage our pricing policy. Competition in the storage area network market is intense, and in the future we may be forced to reduce our prices to remain competitive.
The following table presents information with respect to our revenues based on customers' geographical locations:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
Six Months Ended June 30, |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2006 |
2007 |
||||||
|
% of Total Revenue |
% of Total Revenue |
% of Total Revenue |
% of Total Revenue |
% of Total Revenue |
||||||
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|||||||
North America | 91 | % | 87 | % | 83 | % | 86 | % | 84 | % | |
Europe | 6 | 10 | 14 | 11 | 13 | ||||||
Asia Pacific | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | ||||||
Total revenue | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | |
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin
Cost of product revenue consists primarily of amounts paid to suppliers of components used in our SATA products, which we assemble, test, package and ship, and amounts paid to Xyratex, which performs these functions for our SAS products on an outsourced basis. Other costs of product revenue include provisions for warranty obligations, provisions for excess and obsolete inventory, if any, allocated facility and IT overhead costs, shipping charges and personnel-related expenses. Cost of services revenue consists primarily of personnel-related expenses for our customer service organization along with amounts paid to third parties to provide call logging, contract validation, problem definition and on-site repair and parts replacement. Personnel-related expenses include salaries, fringe benefits, recruiting and stock-based compensation.
Our gross margin has been, and will continue to be, affected by a variety of factors, including our relative mix of product versus services revenue and changes in the average selling price of our products and services. Our average product selling price can be affected by competitive pressures, the relative mix of product models purchased and the level of pricing incentives that we offer to our channel partners. Other factors that affect product gross margins include the timing of new product introductions and enhancements, fluctuations in market prices for the components that we incorporate in our systems, for which we have no long-term supply contracts, and overhead and profit rates paid to Xyratex. The gross margin for any particular storage array has tended to be relatively stable over time, despite the fact that its price may decline, because the costs of the underlying hardware components tend to decrease as well. In addition, if our customer base continues to grow, we will be required to invest further in our customer service organization and infrastructure. The timing and amount of these expenditures could affect our cost of services revenue and cause our services margins to vary over time.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses consist primarily of research and development, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses. Personnel-related expenses, which include salaries, fringe benefits, recruiting and stock-based compensation, comprise the most significant component of each of these functional categories. We expect to continue to hire significant numbers of new employees in order to support our anticipated growth. In any particular period, the timing of additional hires could materially affect our operating expenses, both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue.
34
Research and Development
Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, costs of prototype equipment, costs of using contractors, allocated facility and IT overhead expenses and depreciation of equipment used in research and development activities. We expense research and development costs as incurred. We intend to continue to invest significantly in our research and development efforts, which we believe are essential to maintaining our competitive position. As a result, we expect research and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars, although we expect these expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue.
Sales and Marketing
Sales and marketing expenses represent the largest component of our operating expenses and consist primarily of personnel-related expenses, employee sales commissions, marketing programs and allocated facility and IT overhead expenses. We intend to continue to invest heavily in sales and marketing by increasing the number of sales and channel support personnel worldwide and by increasing lead generation and brand awareness activities. Sales and channel support personnel provide technical and sales assistance to our channel partners, which we believe increases the product expertise that can be conveyed to potential customers. We expect sales and marketing expenses to increase in absolute dollars, although we expect these expenses to decrease as a percentage of revenue. New sales personnel are generally not immediately productive and, as a result, the rate of new hires may reduce short-term operating margins until the additional sales personnel become fully productive. The timing of sales personnel hiring and the rate at which they become productive will, therefore, affect our future performance.
General and Administrative
General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel-related expenses related to our executive, finance, human resource and legal organizations, fees for professional services and allocated facility and IT overhead expenses. Professional services consist principally of external legal, tax and audit services. We expect general and administrative expenses to increase as we incur additional costs related to operating as a publicly-traded company, including increased audit and legal fees, costs of compliance with securities and other regulations, investor relations expenses and higher insurance premiums, particularly those related to director and officer insurance. In addition, we expect to incur additional costs as we hire personnel and enhance our infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business, including IT expenses associated with the design and implementation of a new enterprise resource planning software system. As a result of these additional costs, we expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue during 2008.
Other income (expense), net
Other income (expense), net consists primarily of interest income on cash balances, interest expense on capital leases and expenses associated with the revaluation of warrants. We have historically invested our cash in money market funds.
Provision for Income Taxes
We have incurred net losses since inception and have not recorded provisions for U.S. federal income taxes since the tax benefits of our net losses have been offset by valuation allowances.
35
Application of Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the dates of the consolidated financial statements, the disclosure of contingencies as of the dates of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the periods presented. Although we believe that our estimates and judgments are reasonable under the circumstances, actual results may differ from those estimates.
We believe that of our significant accounting policies, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, we believe that the following accounting policies are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.
Revenue Recognition
Our software is fully integrated with our hardware and is essential to the functionality of our products. We provide unspecified software upgrades and enhancements related to our products through customer service agreements. Accordingly, we recognize revenue in accordance with the guidance provided under American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Statement of Position 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, or SOP 97-2, and Statement of Position 98-9, Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition with Respect to Certain Transactions, or SOP 98-9, for all transactions involving the sale of software. Product revenue is recognized when all of the following have occurred:
We recognize revenue for our storage arrays, which include multiple elements, using the residual method as allowed by SOP 98-9. Under this method, we allocate and defer revenue for the undelivered elements, which are generally service and support, based on the fair value of the undelivered elements. We recognize the difference between the total arrangement fee and the amount deferred for the undelivered elements as product revenue. The determination of fair value of the undelivered elements is based on the price charged when those elements are sold separately, which is referred to as vendor specific objective evidence of fair value, or VSOE.
We have established VSOE for maintenance contracts for all periods included in our consolidated statements of operations. We have not established VSOE for installation and training services.
We have established VSOE for the fair value of our customer service agreements based on the renewal prices offered to and paid for these services. As a result, product revenue is generally recognized upon shipment, assuming all other criteria for recognition discussed above have been
36
met. The fair value of the customer service is recognized as services revenue on a straight-line basis over the term of the related support period, which is typically one to three years. Where installation or training services are sold together with product and maintenance services, all revenue is deferred until the installation or training services are complete, at which time revenue is recorded under the residual method.
Stock-Based Compensation
Through December 31, 2005, we accounted for our stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance with the intrinsic value provisions of Accounting Principles Board, or APB, Opinion 25, and related interpretations. Under the intrinsic value method, stock-based compensation expense is measured on the date of any stock-based grant as the difference between the fair value of our common stock and the exercise or purchase price of the stock-based award multiplied by the number of option or restricted stock-based awards granted.
We account for stock-based compensation issued to non-employees in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with, Selling Goods or Services. We record the expense for such services based on the estimated fair value of the stock-based instruments granted using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The value of the stock-based instrument is charged to earnings over the term of the service agreement.
In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, 123(R), which requires companies to expense the fair value of employee stock options and other forms of stock-based compensation. We adopted SFAS 123(R) effective January 1, 2006. SFAS 123(R) requires non-public companies that used the minimum value method under SFAS No. 123, Stock-Based Compensation for either recognition or pro forma disclosures to apply SFAS 123(R) using the prospective-transition method. Accordingly, we will continue to apply APB Opinion 25 in future periods to stock-based awards outstanding at the date of adoption of SFAS 123(R) that were measured using the minimum value method. In accordance with SFAS 123(R), we will recognize the compensation cost of employee stock-based awards granted or modified subsequent to December 31, 2005 in our statement of operations using the straight line method over the vesting period of the award. Effective with the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we have elected to use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options granted.
As there has been no public market for our common stock, and therefore a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, we determined the share price volatility for stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that granted stock options with substantially similar terms. The expected volatility of stock options granted was determined using an average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group of companies for a period that approximated the expected life of the stock option. The expected volatility for stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 was 36% to 45%, and during the six months ended June 30, 2007 was 45%. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar peer groups until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our share price becomes available, or until circumstances change such that the identified companies in our peer group are no longer similar to us. In this latter case, more suitable, similar companies whose share prices are publicly-available would be utilized in the calculation.
The expected life of stock options was determined utilizing the "simplified" method as prescribed by the SEC's Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment. The expected life of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 and the six months ended
37
June 30, 2007 was 6.25 years. The risk-free interest rates used ranged from 4.55% to 5.08% during the year ended December 31, 2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2007. The risk-free interest rate is based on the daily treasury yield curve rate whose term is consistent with the expected life of the stock options granted. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on shares of our common stock, and accordingly, we have assumed the expected dividend yield to be zero.
SFAS 123(R) requires that we recognize compensation expense only for the portions of stock options granted that are expected to vest. As a result, forfeitures are required to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Our historical policy, as permitted under SFAS 123, was to record forfeitures based on actual forfeitures. Our estimated forfeiture rates as of December 31, 2006 and June 30, 2007 were 4.6% and 4.9%, respectively.
We have historically granted stock options at exercise prices that are not less than the fair market value of shares of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board of directors, with input from management. As a result, our stock options historically have had no intrinsic value on the date of grant. Our board of directors exercised judgment in determining the fair market value of shares of our common stock on the dates of grant based on a number of objective and subjective factors. Factors considered by our board of directors included:
Information regarding our stock option grants during the year ended December 31, 2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2007 is summarized in the table below.
Grants Made During the Year Ended December 31, 2006 and the Six Months Ended June 30, 2007 |
Number of Shares Subject to Options Granted |
Exercise Price Per Share |
SFAS 123(R) Black- Scholes Value per Option |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
March 23, 2006 | 2,988,500 | $ | 0.81 | $ | 0.36 | |||
May 25, 2006 | 662,940 | $ | 0.81 | $ | 0.37 | |||
June 15, 2006 | 573,000 | $ | 0.81 | $ | 0.37 | |||
September 28, 2006 | 1,296,000 | $ | 0.87 | $ | 0.44 | |||
December 14, 2006 | 1,761,000 | $ | 0.88 | $ | 0.45 | |||
February 7, 2007 | 1,972,500 | $ | 0.98 | $ | 0.50 | |||
March 5, 2007 | 4,352,747 | $ | 1.29 | $ | 0.65 | |||
May 15, 2007 | 2,231,000 | $ | 2.31 | $ | 1.18 |
In addition, on August 10, 2007, we granted options to purchase 1,353,250 shares of our common stock, each with an exercise price per share of $4.44, which was the fair value of shares of our common stock on the grant date as determined by our board of directors.
Based on the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of our vested outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2007 was
38
$ , and the aggregate intrinsic value of our unvested outstanding stock options as of June 30, 2007 was $ .
The exercise prices of the stock options set forth in the table above were determined by our board of directors utilizing a valuation model that takes into account the factors listed above. This model employed the weighted average values developed using the market multiple of historical revenue approach based on comparable public companies, as well as the discounted cash flow method based on internal financial projections. The resulting enterprise value from that analysis was then utilized in the option pricing method outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. These analyses were done on a contemporaneous basis with each fair market value determination made by our board of directors.
For option grants made during 2006, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock increased from $0.81 per share during the first half of the year to $0.88 per share in December. These determinations were based primarily on the affect that our improving financial performance had on our valuation model. The valuation model assumed that a liquidity event, specifically an initial public offering, was not probable in the next twelve months and as a result applied a liquidity discount of 15%. The probability of a future public offering was affected by our lack of a permanent chief financial officer and our determination that an investment in sales and marketing would be required to support our planned revenue growth.
In February 2007, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock had increased to $0.98 per share based primarily on our increased revenue, which, when applied to the valuation model, resulted in a higher value under the market multiple approach. The valuation model assumed that a liquidity event, specifically an initial public offering, remained unlikely in the next twelve months. The probability of a future public offering was affected by the fact that our chief financial officer had only recently joined our company, so there was no plan in place to assess our readiness or support for an initial public offering. In addition, the fact that our senior sales executive position was vacant was delaying planned investments in the sales organization necessary to support our planned revenue growth. The valuation model applied a liquidity discount of 15% and a discount rate of 24% for forecasted cash flows. The discount rate was applied to convert our forecasted cash flows to their present value equivalent. These assumptions were consistent with those used in 2006.
On March 5, 2007, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock had increased to $1.29 per share. This increase was due in part to higher trading multiples applied under the market multiple approach as a result of adding two newly-public technology companies with similar financial profiles to our group of comparable public companies. The valuation model assumed an increased probability of an initial public offering in the next twelve months. The increased probability of a public offering was affected by the development of an initial public offering plan, which was presented to our board of directors on March 5, 2007, the hiring of our executive vice president of worldwide field operations and an improved outlook for comparable publicly-traded companies. This increased probability was reflected in a reduction in the liquidity discount to 10% and a reduction in our discount rate to 22%.
At its meeting on May 15, 2007, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock had increased to $2.31 per share. The increase resulted primarily from continued increases in our revenue, which, when applied to the valuation model, resulted in a higher value under the market multiple approach. In addition, the trading multiples increased due to the inclusion of two additional newly-public technology companies to our group of comparable public companies and the removal of one company from the group due to poor financial performance that was inconsistent with our performance and the performance of other members of the group. The
39
valuation model assumed a higher probability of a public offering because we had begun our initial public offering process, including discussions with potential lead underwriters. As a result, the liquidity discount was eliminated and our discount rate was reduced to 17%.
On August 10, 2007, our board of directors determined that the fair value of our common stock had increased to $4.44 per share. In addition to the existing valuation model, the board of directors employed a probability weighted expected return methodology. In reaching this fair value determination, the board considered the increased probability of an initial public offering as evidenced by the filing of our registration statement with the SEC on August 9, 2007. Other factors contributing to the increase included improvements in the market for comparable public companies, the strength of our second quarter 2007 financial performance, and resulting improvements in our financial projections.
We recorded stock-based compensation expense of $0.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2006 and $1.0 million during the six months ended June 30, 2007. We recognized no stock-based compensation expense for options granted to employees under our 2001 stock plan during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004. In future periods, stock-based compensation expense may increase as we issue additional stock-based awards to continue to attract and retain employees and non-employee directors.
As of December 31, 2006 and June 30, 2007, total compensation expense related to stock-based awards granted but not yet recognized was approximately $2.2 million and $7.5 million, respectively, net of estimated forfeitures of $0.1 million and $0.4 million, respectively. This expense will be amortized on a straight-line basis over weighted average periods of approximately 3.5 years at December 31, 2006 and 3.7 years at June 30, 2007.
Inventory Valuation
Inventories consist of finished products and related component parts, including spare parts, and are stated at the lower of cost (on a first-in, first-out basis) or market value. We assess the valuation of our inventory on a quarterly basis and write down the value for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon estimates of future demand for our inventory, including warranty requirements. Inventory valuation reserves were $0.0 million, $0.3 million and $0.2 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and June 30, 2007, respectively. If actual market conditions are less favorable than our projections, we may be required to write down additional inventory.
Warranty Reserve
We warrant that our products will perform in all material respects in accordance with their standard published specifications. The term of our standard hardware warranty is 24 months. We accrue for estimated future warranty costs on our product sales at the time of sale based upon warranties provided to us by our suppliers and our historical experience. Warranty reserves were $0.1 million, $0.3 million and $0.5 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and June 30, 2007, respectively. If actual warranty experience is less favorable than our projections, we may be required to record additional reserves.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
We sell our products to channel partners for resale to our customers. We may sell customer service agreements directly to customers, or they may be sold through our channel partners. We perform ongoing evaluations of our channel partners and customers and continuously monitor collections and payments. We record an allowance for doubtful accounts based on a combination of the aging of the underlying receivables, historical experience and identification of any specific collection issues. We monitor and analyze the accuracy of our allowance for doubtful accounts by
40
reviewing collection history and adjust it accordingly for future expectations. To date, our actual experience has not been significantly different than the amounts reserved. We believe appropriate reserves have been established, but these reserves may not be indicative of future credit losses that we may experience. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $0.2 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and June 30, 2007, respectively. If the financial conditions of our channel partners or customers deteriorate, their abilities to make payments to us of amounts owed may be compromised, and we may be required to record additional allowances.
Accounting for Income Taxes
We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the impact of temporary differences between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured under enacted tax laws. A valuation allowance is required to offset any net deferred tax assets if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
Since we have incurred net losses since inception, we have not recorded provisions for U.S. federal or state income taxes. As of December 31, 2006, we had federal and state net operating loss carry-forwards of $14.8 million and $13.9 million, respectively, which will begin to expire in 2021 and 2008, respectively. We also had federal research and development credit carry-forwards of $1.8 million which will begin to expire in 2021. In addition, approximately $1.1 million of the federal net operating loss is attributable to stock option deductions, which will be charged to additional paid-in capital when used to reduce taxes payable. We determine deferred tax assets and liabilities based on the differences between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets is required if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Due to the uncertainties surrounding the realization of these favorable tax attributes in future tax returns, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions, or FIN 48, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006 and upon adoption on January 1, 2007, we recognized no material adjustment in our liability for unrecognized income tax benefit.
We are liable for income taxes on profits earned by our foreign sales and marketing subsidiaries based on a cost plus arrangement between the foreign subsidiary and the U.S. parent company. We expect our foreign income taxes to increase as we expand our overseas sales and marketing infrastructure.
41
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our consolidated results of operations for the periods shown:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
Six Months Ended June 30, |
||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2006 |
2007 |
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||||||
Revenue | ||||||||||||||||||
Product revenue | $ | 9,822 | $ | 27,351 | $ | 59,944 | $ | 26,068 | $ | 45,637 | ||||||||
Services revenue | 532 | 2,609 | 8,120 | 3,077 | 7,591 | |||||||||||||
Total revenue | 10,354 | 29,960 | 68,064 | 29,145 | 53,228 | |||||||||||||
Cost of revenue | ||||||||||||||||||
Cost of product | 4,303 | 10,505 | 22,547 | 9,579 | 16,582 | |||||||||||||
Cost of services | 917 | 2,364 | 3,477 | 1,547 | 2,640 | |||||||||||||
Total cost of revenue | 5,220 | 12,869 | 26,024 | 11,126 | 19,222 | |||||||||||||
Gross margin | 5,134 | 17,091 | 42,040 | 18,019 | 34,006 | |||||||||||||
Operating expenses | ||||||||||||||||||
Research and development | 7,753 | 9,666 | 10,814 | 5,226 | 6,815 | |||||||||||||
Sales and marketing | 7,228 | 14,204 | 26,577 | 11,251 | 25,503 | |||||||||||||
General and administrative | 2,447 | 3,020 | 5,348 | 2,184 | 3,291 | |||||||||||||
Total operating expenses | 17,428 | 26,890 | 42,739 | 18,661 | 35,609 | |||||||||||||
Loss from operations | (12,294 | ) | (9,799 | ) | (699 | ) | (642 | ) | (1,603 | ) | ||||||||
Other income, net | 156 | 331 | 240 | 104 | 86 | |||||||||||||
Income tax provision | — | — | — | — | (22 | ) | ||||||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | — | 34 | — | — | — | |||||||||||||
Net loss | $ | (12,138 | ) | $ | (9,434 | ) | $ | (459 | ) | $ | (538 | ) | $ | (1,539 | ) | |||
During the preparation and review of our financial statements for the three months ended June 30, 2007, we identified certain accounting errors in our prior period financial statements that, individually and in aggregate, are not material to our financial statements taken as a whole for the current or any related prior periods. The errors were primarily related to health insurance costs that were recognized in the incorrect period, an overstatement of accounts payable and an overstatement of reserves for accounts receivable invoices.
For the six months ended June 30, 2007, the correction of accounting errors resulted in decreases of $0.1 million in cost of revenue, $0.1 million in research and development expense, $0.1 million in sales and marketing expense, $0.2 million in general and administrative expense and $0.5 million in net loss. If the errors were recorded in the periods during which they occurred, net loss for prior periods would have decreased by $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2006, $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 and $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 and prior.
42
Comparison of Six Months Ended June 30, 2006 and 2007
Revenue
Revenue and the related changes during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 were as follows:
|
Six Months Ended June 30, |
|
|
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2006 |
2007 |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Change |
||||||||||||||||
|
|
% of Total Revenue |
|
% of Total Revenue |
|||||||||||||
|
$ |
$ |
$ |
% |
|||||||||||||
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue | |||||||||||||||||
Product revenue | $ | 26,068 | 89.4 | % | $ | 45,637 | 85.7 | % | $ | 19,569 | 75.1 | % | |||||
Services revenue | 3,077 | 10.6 | 7,591 | 14.3 | 4,514 | 146.7 | |||||||||||
Total revenue | $ | 29,145 | 100.0 | % | $ | 53,228 | 100.0 | % | $ | 24,083 | 82.6 | % | |||||
Product revenue. The $19.6 million, or 75%, increase in product revenue was primarily due to an increase in the number of storage arrays purchased by our customers. Higher demand for our storage arrays was a result of continued improvements in our sales and marketing efforts along with 90% growth in our network of active channel partners. We added more than 820 new customers during the six months ended June 30, 2007 compared with approximately 490 new customers during the six months ended June 30, 2006. Increased unit volume accounted for approximately 88% of the product revenue increase. A year-over-year increase in the weighted average sales price of our storage arrays was responsible for the balance of the product revenue increase, as the introduction of higher priced, higher performance and capacity disk drives offset price reductions on older models. In particular, during the fourth quarter of 2006, we introduced new models that incorporate higher performing SAS disk drives and carry higher prices than similar capacity models with SATA disk drives. These new models accounted for 17% of our volume during the first six months of 2007. Market pricing dynamics were relatively unchanged during these periods.
Services revenue. The $4.5 million, or 147%, increase in services revenue was due to amortization of revenue associated with a 44% increase in the number of storage arrays covered by customer service agreements during the six months ended June 30, 2007, combined with a 164% increase in the number of storage arrays covered by customer service agreements as of the beginning of the comparable six month periods. The increase in the number of covered storage arrays reflects both increased unit sales as well as a higher attachment rate of customer service agreements to initial product purchases. The attachment rate during the six months ended June 30, 2007 was in excess of 90%, compared with an 80% attachment rate during the six months ended June 30, 2006. We believe the higher attachment rate was primarily due to our sales force and channel partners placing greater emphasis on selling customer service agreements during the six months ended June 30, 2007.
43
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin
Cost of revenue and gross margin and related changes during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 were as follows:
|
Six Months Ended June 30, |
|
|
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2006 |
2007 |
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Change |
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
% of Related Revenue |
|
% of Related Revenue |
||||||||||||||
|
$ |
$ |
$ |
% |
||||||||||||||
|
(unaudited) (in thousands) |
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Cost of revenue | ||||||||||||||||||
Cost of product | $ | 9,579 | 36.7 | % | $ | 16,582 | 36.3 | % | $ | 7,003 | 73.1 | % | ||||||
Cost of services | 1,547 | 50.3 | 2,640 | 34.8 | 1,093 | 70.7 | ||||||||||||
Total cost of revenue | $ | 11,126 | 38.2 | % | $ | 19,222 | 36.1 | % | $ | 8,096 | 72.8 | % | ||||||
Gross margin | 61.8 | % | 63.9 | % |
Cost of product revenue. The $7.0 million increase in cost of product revenue was primarily due to a $6.8 million increase in material costs associated with the increased number of storage arrays sold.
Cost of services revenue. The $1.1 million increase in cost of services revenue was primarily due to $0.5 million in additional amounts paid to our third-party call logging, contract validation and logistical support contractors as a result of growth in our installed base of storage arrays. In addition, personnel-related expenses increased by $0.3 million as the number of service employees increased to 23 as of June 30, 2007 from 14 as of June 30, 2006.
Gross margin. The gross margin improvement to 63.9% during the six months ended June 30, 2007 from 61.8% during the six months ended June 30, 2006 was primarily the result of improved services profitability. Services gross margin improved to 65.2% from 49.7% as the service infrastructure and organization put in place during 2005 and early 2006 were able to support the growth in the number of customer service agreements and associated revenue without a proportional increase in costs. We expect services gross margins to remain relatively stable in the near term. Product gross margin improved slightly to 63.7% from 63.3% as a result of changes in the mix of models sold.
44
Operating Expenses and Other Income (Expense), Net
Operating expenses and other income (expense), net and the related changes during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 were as follows:
|
Six Months Ended June 30, |
|
|
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2006 |
2007 |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Change |
||||||||||||||||
|
|
% of Total Revenue |
|
% of Total Revenue |
|||||||||||||
|
$ |
$ |
$ |
% |
|||||||||||||
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses | |||||||||||||||||
Research and development | $ | 5,226 | 17.9 | % | $ | 6,815 | 12.8 | % | $ | 1,589 | 30.4 | % | |||||
Sales and marketing | 11,251 | 38.6 | 25,503 | 47.9 | 14,252 | 126.7 | |||||||||||
General and administrative | 2,184 | 7.5 | 3,291 | 6.2 | 1,107 | 50.7 | |||||||||||
Total operating expenses | $ | 18,661 | 64.0 | % | $ | 35,609 | 66.9 | % | $ | 16,948 | 90.8 | % | |||||
Other income (expense), net | $ | 104 | 0.4 | % | $ | 86 | 0.2 | % | $ | (18 | ) | (17.3 | )% |
Research and development expenses. The $1.6 million increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to a $1.1 million increase in personnel-related expenses as the number of research and development employees increased to 87 as of June 30, 2007 from 63 as of June 30, 2006. The remainder of the increase in research and development expense was largely due to higher contractor and allocated facility expenses.
Sales and marketing expenses. The $14.3 million increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to a $9.8 million increase in personnel-related expenses as the number of sales and marketing employees increased to 180 as of June 30, 2007 from 81 as of June 30, 2006. Travel and entertainment expenses associated with our larger sales force accounted for $1.2 million of the increase, and depreciation expense increased by $0.4 million as a result of additional demonstration units deployed in the field. Marketing program expenses accounted for $1.1 million of the increase. In addition, allocated overhead expense increased by $0.8 million due to our increased sales and marketing headcount.
General and administrative expenses. The $1.1 million increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $0.7 million increase in personnel-related expenses as the number of general and administrative employees increased to 32 as of June 30, 2007 from 22 as of June 30, 2006. In addition, professional services fees accounted for $0.3 million of the increase, primarily as a result of increased legal and audit support requirements. The additional personnel and professional service fees were the result of our ongoing efforts to build our finance, human resources, IT and legal functions to support the anticipated growth of our business and our operation as a public company.
Other income (expense), net. Other income (expense), net did not fluctuate significantly during the six months ended June 30, 2007 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2006.
45
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2006
Revenue
Revenue and the related changes during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2005 |
2006 |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Change |
||||||||||||||||
|
|
% of Total Revenue |
|
% of Total Revenue |
|||||||||||||
|
$ |
$ |
$ |
% |
|||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue | |||||||||||||||||
Product revenue | $ | 27,351 | 91.3 | % | $ | 59,944 | 88.1 | % | $ | 32,593 | 119.2 | % | |||||
Services revenue | 2,609 | 8.7 | 8,120 | 11.9 | 5,511 | 211.2 | |||||||||||
Total revenue | $ | 29,960 | 100.0 | % | $ | 68,064 | 100.0 | % | $ | 38,104 | 127.2 | % | |||||
Product revenue. The $32.6 million, or 119%, increase in product revenue was primarily due to an increase in the number of storage arrays purchased by our customers. Higher demand for our storage arrays was a result of our continued investments in sales and marketing along with 132% growth in our network of active channel partners. We added more than 1,080 new customers during the year ended December 31, 2006 compared with approximately 590 during the year ended December 31, 2005. Increased unit volume accounted for virtually all of the product revenue increase, as the weighted average sales price of our storage arrays was relatively unchanged. The introduction of higher priced models with higher performance and capacity disk drives offset price reductions on older models, as well as increased sales of low priced demonstration units to our channel partners for use in their sales activities. During the fourth quarter of 2006, we introduced new models that incorporate higher performing SAS disk drives and carry higher prices than similar capacity models with SATA disk drives. These new models represented approximately 13% of our volume during the fourth quarter of 2006 and less than 5% of our volume for the full year. Market pricing dynamics were unchanged during the periods.
Services revenue. The $5.5 million, or 211%, increase in services revenue was due to amortization of revenue associated with a 164% increase in the number of storage arrays covered by customer service agreements combined with a 273% increase in the number of storage arrays covered by customer service agreements as of the beginning of the comparable six month periods. The increase in the number of covered storage arrays reflects the increase in sales of storage arrays, as well as a higher attachment rate of customer service agreements to initial product purchases. Our attachment rate increased to 81% during the year ended December 31, 2006 from 77% during the year ended December 31, 2005. We believe the higher attachment rate was primarily due to our sales force and channel partners placing greater emphasis on selling customer service agreements during the year ended December 31, 2006.
46
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin
Cost of revenue and gross margin and the related changes during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2005 |
2006 |
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Change |
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
% of Related Revenue |
|
% of Related Revenue |
||||||||||||||
|
$ |
$ |
$ |
% |
||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenue | ||||||||||||||||||
Cost of product | $ | 10,505 | 38.4 | % | $ | 22,547 | 37.6 | % | $ | 12,042 | 114.6 | % | ||||||
Cost of services | 2,364 | 90.6 | 3,477 | 42.8 | 1,113 | 47.1 | ||||||||||||
Total cost of revenue | $ | 12,869 | 43.0 | % | $ | 26,024 | 38.2 | % | $ | 13,155 | 102.2 | % | ||||||
Gross margin | 57.0 | % | 61.8 | % |
Cost of product revenue. The $12.0 million increase in cost of product revenue was primarily due to a $10.7 million increase in material costs associated with the increased number of storage arrays sold. Other factors contributing to the increase included a $0.5 million increase in excess and obsolete inventory expense associated, in part, with product model transitions, a $0.5 million increase in personnel-related expense and associated overhead as well as higher, quantity-related shipping expense.
Cost of services revenue. The $1.1 million increase in cost of services revenue was primarily due to $0.7 million of additional amounts paid to our third-party call logging, contract validation and logistical support contractors as a result of growth in our installed base of storage arrays. In addition, personnel-related expenses increased by $0.5 million as the number of customer service employees increased to 18 as of December 31, 2006 from 13 as of December 31, 2005.
Gross margin. The gross margin improvement to 61.8% during the year ended December 31, 2006 from 57.0% during the year ended December 31, 2005 was primarily the result of improved services profitability. Services gross margin improved to 57.2% from 9.4% as the service infrastructure and organization put in place during 2005 and early 2006 were able to support the growth in the number of customer service agreements and associated revenue without a proportional increase in costs. Product gross margin improved to 62.4% from 61.6% as a result of product revenue increasing faster than the associated material costs.
47
Operating Expenses and Other Income (Expense), Net
Operating expenses and other income (expense), net and the related changes during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2005 |
2006 |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Change |
||||||||||||||||
|
|
% of Total Revenue |
|
% of Total Revenue |
|||||||||||||
|
$ |
$ |
$ |
% |
|||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses | |||||||||||||||||
Research and development | $ | 9,666 | 32.3 | % | $ | 10,814 | 15.9 | % | $ | 1,148 | 11.9 | % | |||||
Sales and marketing | 14,204 | 47.4 | 26,577 | 39.0 | 12,373 | 87.1 | |||||||||||
General and administrative | 3,020 | 10.1 | 5,348 | 7.9 | 2,328 | 77.1 | |||||||||||
Total operating expenses | $ | 26,890 | 89.8 | % | $ | 42,739 | 62.8 | % | $ | 15,849 | 58.9 | % | |||||
Other income (expense), net | $ | 331 | 1.1 | % | $ | 240 | 0.4 | % | $ | (91 | ) | (27.5 | )% |
Research and development expenses. The $1.1 million increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to a $1.1 million increase in personnel-related expenses as the number of research and development employees increased to 59 as of December 31, 2006 from 53 as of December 31, 2005.
Sales and marketing expenses. The $12.4 million increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to an $8.4 million increase in personnel-related expenses as the number of sales and marketing employees increased to 104 as of December 31, 2006 from 68 as of December 31, 2005. Travel and entertainment expenses associated with our larger sales force and concentrated efforts to expand domestically as well as internationally accounted for $1.1 million of the increase. Higher public relations, lead generation and trade show expenses as well as trade show activity were responsible for $0.8 million of the increase. In addition, allocated facility and IT overhead expenses accounted for $0.7 million of the increase.
General and administrative expenses. The $2.3 million increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $1.0 million increase in personnel-related expenses, which included $0.3 million of severance expense. In addition, professional service fees accounted for $0.3 million of the increase, primarily as a result of increased legal support requirements. We also recorded a $0.8 million expense related to settlement of an intellectual property claim during the fourth quarter of 2006.
Other income (expense), net. The $0.1 million decrease in other income (expense), net was primarily due to a decrease in interest income as a result of our lower average cash balance during the year ended December 31, 2006 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2005.
48
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2005
Revenue
Revenue and the related changes during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Change |
||||||||||||||||
|
|
% of Total Revenue |
|
% of Total Revenue |
|||||||||||||
|
$ |
$ |
$ |
% |
|||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
Revenue | |||||||||||||||||
Product revenue | $ | 9,822 | 94.9 | % | $ | 27,351 | 91.3 | % | $ | 17,529 | 178.5 | % | |||||
Services revenue | 532 | 5.1 | 2,609 | 8.7 | 2,077 | 390.4 | |||||||||||
Total revenue | $ | 10,354 | 100 | % | $ | 29,960 | 100 | % | $ | 19,606 | 189.4 | % | |||||
Product revenue. The $17.5 million, or 179%, increase in product revenue was primarily due to an increase in the number of storage arrays purchased by our customers. Higher demand for our storage arrays was a result of our increased investments in sales and marketing efforts along with 173% growth in our network of active channel partners. We added approximately 590 new customers during the year ended December 31, 2005, compared with approximately 255 new customers during the year ended December 31, 2004. Increased unit volume accounted for approximately 105% of the product revenue increase as the weighted average sales price of our storage arrays decreased slightly, primarily as a result of lower average sales prices on older models.
Services revenue. The $2.1 million, or 390%, increase in services revenue was due to amortization of revenue associated with a 273% increase in the number of storage arrays covered by customer service agreements. The increase in the number of covered storage arrays reflects both increased unit sales as well a higher attachment rate of customer service agreements to initial product sales. The attachment rate increased to 77% during the year ended December 31, 2005 from 63% during the year ended December 31, 2004.
Cost of Revenue and Gross Margin
Cost of revenue and gross margin and the related changes during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
Change |
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
% of Related Revenue |
|
% of Related Revenue |
||||||||||||||
|
$ |
$ |
$ |
% |
||||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||||||
Cost of revenue | ||||||||||||||||||
Cost of product | $ | 4,303 | 43.8 | % | $ | 10,505 | 38.4 | % | $ | 6,202 | 144.1 | % | ||||||
Cost of services | 917 | 172.4 | 2,364 | 90.6 | 1,447 | 157.8 | ||||||||||||
Total cost of revenue | $ | 5,220 | 50.4 | % | $ | 12,869 | 43.0 | % | $ | 7,649 | 146.5 | % | ||||||
Gross margin | 49.6 | % | 57.0 | % |
49
Cost of product revenue. The $6.2 million increase in cost of product revenue was primarily due to a $5.5 million increase in material costs associated with the increased number of storage arrays sold. Personnel-related expenses and associated overhead increased $0.4 million. In addition, warranty expense increased $0.2 million as a result of higher sales volume.
Cost of services revenue. The $1.4 million increase in cost of services revenue was primarily due to personnel-related expenses increases of $0.8 million as the number of customer service employees increased to 13 as of December 31, 2005 from 7 as of December 31, 2004. In addition there was $0.3 million in additional amounts paid to our third-party call logging, contract validation and logistical support contractors as a result of growth in our installed base of storage arrays.
Gross margin. The gross margin improvement to 57.0% during the year ended December 31, 2005 from 49.6% during the year ended December 31, 2004 was primarily the result of achieving services profitability. Prior to 2005, our services costs exceeded revenue and, as a result, our services gross margin was negative. Services gross margin improved to 9.4% from (72.4)%, as the service infrastructure and organization investments made in earlier periods were able to support the growth in the number of customer service agreements and associated revenue without a proportional increase in costs. Product gross margin improved to 61.6% from 56.2%, due primarily to the introduction during 2005 of higher capacity models that carried higher average selling prices and associated gross margins. This resulted in product revenue increasing faster than associated material costs. Other costs of product revenue grew more slowly than product revenue, which also contributed to the product gross margin expansion.
Operating Expenses and Other Income (Expense), Net
Operating expenses and other income (expense), net and the related changes during the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 were as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Change |
||||||||||||||||
|
|
% of Total Revenue |
|
% of Total Revenue |
|||||||||||||
|
$ |
$ |
$ |
% |
|||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses | |||||||||||||||||
Research and development | $ | 7,753 | 74.9 | % | $ | 9,666 | 32.3 | % | $ | 1,913 | 24.7 | % | |||||
Sales and marketing | 7,228 | 69.8 | 14,204 | 47.4 | 6,976 | 96.5 | |||||||||||
General and administrative | 2,447 | 23.6 | 3,020 | 10.1 | 573 | 23.4 | |||||||||||
Total operating expenses | $ | 17,428 | 168.3 | % | $ | 26,890 | 89.8 | % | $ | 9,462 | 54.3 | % | |||||
Other income (expense), net | $ | 156 | 1.5 | % | $ | 331 | 1.1 | % | $ | 175 | 112.2 | % |
Research and development expenses. The $1.9 million increase in research and development expenses was primarily due to a $1.3 million increase in personnel-related expenses as the number of research and development employees increased to 53 as of December 31, 2005 from 46 as of December 31, 2004.
Sales and marketing expenses. The $7.0 million increase in sales and marketing expenses was primarily due to a $4.9 million increase in personnel-related expenses as the number of sales and marketing employees increased to 68 as of December 31, 2005 from 35 as of December 31, 2004. Travel and entertainment expenses associated with our larger sales force accounted for $0.5 million of the increase. Higher public relations, lead generation and trade show expenses were
50
responsible for $0.5 million of the increase. In addition, allocated facility and IT overhead expenses accounted for $0.3 million of the increase.
General and administrative expenses. The $0.6 million increase in general and administrative expenses was primarily due to a $0.4 million increase in personnel-related expenses as the number of general and administrative employees increased to 23 as of December 31, 2005 from 11 as of December 31, 2004.
Other income (expense), net. The $0.2 million increase in other income (expense), net was primarily due to an increase in interest income as a result of higher average cash balances and higher average interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to the year ended December 31, 2004.
Quarterly Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our unaudited quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for each three-month period in the year ended December 31, 2006 and the six months ended June 30, 2007. In management's opinion, the data have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus and reflect all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of these data. You should read this information together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our operating results may fluctuate due to a variety of factors. The results of historical periods are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for a full year or any future period.
|
Three Months Ended |
||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
March 31, 2006 |
June 30, 2006 |
September 30, 2006 |
December 31, 2006 |
March 31, 2007 |
June 30, 2007 |
|||||||||||||||
|
(unaudited) (in thousands) |
||||||||||||||||||||
Revenue | |||||||||||||||||||||
Product revenue | $ | 11,523 | $ | 14,545 | $ | 13,449 | $ | 20,427 | $ | 20,384 | $ | 25,253 | |||||||||
Services revenue | 1,293 | 1,784 | 2,206 | 2,837 | 3,406 | 4,185 | |||||||||||||||
Total revenue | 12,816 | 16,329 | 15,655 | 23,264 | 23,790 | 29,438 | |||||||||||||||
Cost of revenue | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cost of product | 4,216 | 5,363 | 5,068 | 7,900 | 7,559 | 9,023 | |||||||||||||||
Cost of service | 741 | 806 | 839 | 1,091 | 1,198 | 1,442 | |||||||||||||||
Total cost of revenue | 4,957 | 6,169 | 5,907 | 8,991 | 8,757 | 10,465 | |||||||||||||||
Gross margin | 7,859 | 10,160 | 9,748 | 14,273 | 15,033 | 18,973 | |||||||||||||||
Operating expenses | |||||||||||||||||||||
Research and development | 2,598 | 2,628 | 2,667 | 2,921 | 3,196 | 3,619 | |||||||||||||||
Sales and marketing | 5,255 | 5,996 | 6,817 | 8,509 | 11,192 | 14,311 | |||||||||||||||
General and administrative | 736 | 1,448 | 1,285 | 1,879 | 1,873 | 1,418 | |||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses | 8,589 | 10,072 | 10,769 | 13,309 | 16,261 | 19,348 | |||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations | (730 | ) | 88 | (1,021 | ) | 964 | (1,228 | ) | (375 | ) | |||||||||||
Other income (expense), net | 27 | 77 | 71 | 65 | 58 | 28 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for income tax | — | — | — | — | — | (22 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) | $ | (703 | ) | $ | 165 | $ | (950 | ) | $ | 1,029 | $ | (1,170 | ) | $ | (369 | ) | |||||
During the preparation and review of our financial statements for the three months ended June 30, 2007, we identified certain accounting errors in our prior period financial statements that, individually and in aggregate, are not material to our financial statements taken as a whole for the current or any related prior periods. The correction of accounting errors resulted in a $0.5 million
51
decrease in net loss during the three months ended June 30, 2007. See Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Unaudited Interim Financial Statements to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
Revenue has generally increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented due to increases in the number of products sold to new and existing customers and a growing base of installed products covered by customer service agreements. Our product revenue decreased during the third quarter of 2006 due primarily to the delayed release of our SAS product. We had previously announced that this product would be available in the third quarter of 2006 and, as a result, we believe customers delayed purchases until the fourth quarter when it became available. Because of the rapid growth of our revenue, we have not yet experienced the effects of seasonality on a quarter-to-quarter basis, but we expect that, over the longer term, we will experience seasonally reduced activity during the first and third quarters of each calendar year, as is the case with other technology companies that also sell to enterprises. Gross profit has also generally increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented, due to increased revenue and increasing services gross profit and margin. Our gross profit decreased during the third quarter of 2006 as a result of the decrease in product revenue. Operating expenses have increased sequentially in each of the quarters presented as we continued to add personnel and related costs on a quarterly basis to accommodate our growing business.
52
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Since our inception, we have funded our operations using a combination of issuances of shares of our convertible preferred stock, which has provided us with aggregate net proceeds of $52.0 million, cash collections from customers and an expired equipment line of credit. As of June 30, 2007, there were no amounts outstanding under this line of credit.
Our principal uses of cash have historically consisted of salaries and other operating expenses, purchases of property and equipment primarily to support the development of new products, purchases of inventory to support our sales and repayments of borrowings.
As of June 30, 2007, we had cash and cash equivalents of $15.6 million and accounts receivable of $22.4 million. Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments in time deposits, commercial paper, U.S. government agency notes, money market mutual funds and other money market securities with original maturities of 90 days or less.
Cash Flows
The following table shows our cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the stated periods:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
Six Months Ended June 30, |
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2006 |
2007 |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities | $ | (11,882 | ) | $ | (7,908 | ) | $ | 4,473 | $ | 873 | $ | 10,171 | ||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (1,216 | ) | (1,205 | ) | (3,059 | ) | (1,151 | ) | (4,667 | ) | ||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | 19,681 | (8 | ) | 284 | 62 | 282 |
Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Operating activities provided $10.2 million of net cash during the six months ended June 30, 2007. We incurred a net loss of $1.5 million, which included non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $1.0 million and depreciation and amortization of $1.6 million. Increased deferred revenue generated $8.7 million of cash during the six months ended June 30, 2007 due primarily to higher sales of customer service agreements, which are typically paid for in advance with revenue recorded ratably throughout the term of the agreement. Increases in accounts payable and accrued expenses generated $6.6 million of cash. These sources of cash were partially offset by increases in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and inventory, which used $5.5 million, $1.0 million and $0.4 million of cash, respectively.
Operating activities provided $4.5 million of net cash during the year ended December 31, 2006. We incurred a net loss of $0.5 million, which included non-cash stock-based compensation expense of $0.7 million and depreciation and amortization of $1.9 million. Also included in our net loss were non-cash provisions for doubtful accounts and inventory obsolescence of $0.4 million and $0.5 million, respectively. Changes in asset and liability accounts generated $1.5 million of cash as growth in deferred revenue was partially offset by changes in other asset and liability accounts. Increased deferred revenue generated $11.0 million of cash due primarily to higher sales of customer service agreements. Increases in accounts payable and accrued expense generated $4.6 million of cash. These sources of cash were partially offset by increases in accounts receivable, inventories, deferred product costs and prepaid expenses which used $9.1 million,
53
$3.7 million, $0.8 million and $0.5 million of cash, respectively, which is consistent with our revenue growth.
Operating activities used $7.9 million of net cash during the year ended December 31, 2005. This was primarily a result of our $9.4 million net loss, which included non-cash depreciation and amortization of $1.0 million. Changes in asset and liability accounts generated $0.4 million of net cash as a $3.2 million increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses and a $6.1 million increase in deferred revenue were partially offset by a $5.8 million increase in accounts receivable and a $2.5 million increase in inventories.
Operating activities used $11.9 million of net cash during the year ended December 31, 2004. This was primarily a result of our $12.1 million net loss, which included $0.7 million of non-cash depreciation and amortization. Growth-related changes in assets and liabilities used $0.8 million of net cash.
We are considering transitioning manufacturing of our SATA product line to Xyratex, which may reduce our future requirements to invest in component and finished goods inventory.
Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Cash flows from investing activities primarily relate to capital expenditures to support our growth.
Cash used in investing activities totaled $4.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2007 and consisted of capital expenditures related primarily to computer equipment for new employees and leasehold improvements associated with our new headquarters.
Cash used in investing activities totaled $3.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2006 and consisted of $3.2 million of capital expenditures related primarily to computer equipment for new employees and research and development lab equipment. These expenditures were partially offset by the release of $0.1 million of restricted cash.
Cash used in investing activities totaled $1.2 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 and consisted of capital expenditures for computer and lab equipment as well as facility upgrades and furnishings.
We anticipate higher capital expenditure levels in future periods as we continue to hire personnel, invest in research and development, upgrade and furnish additional office space, replace our enterprise resources planning software and expand our systems infrastructure.
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Cash flows from financing activities totaled $0.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2007 and resulted from the cash exercise of 1,982,827 stock options by our employees, net of 26,562 shares repurchased by us, and cash received in connection with the purchase of common stock awarded to one of our non-employee directors.
Cash flows from financing activities totaled $0.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2006 and resulted primarily from the issuance of 2,872,614 shares of common stock in conjunction with stock option exercises.
Cash flows from financing activities totaled $19.7 million during 2004 as a result of the issuance of our series C convertible preferred stock.
54
Working Capital Facility
In January 2006, we entered into a revolving line of credit agreement with Silicon Valley Bank which allowed us to draw up to $5.0 million secured by accounts receivable. Amounts outstanding under the line accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one-half of one percentage point above prime, and is subject to certain net worth requirements. Interest is payable monthly. On March 10, 2007, we signed a loan modification agreement which increased the size of the credit line to $15.0 million and extended the term for two years until April 17, 2009 with essentially the same terms and conditions. As of December 31, 2006 and June 30, 2007 we had no amounts outstanding under this line of credit. In connection with the new building lease, we issued a $1.0 million letter of credit in March 2007 as security, thus reducing the borrowing capacity under this line of credit by $1.0 million. The letter of credit will be reduced each year through 2010 to $0.5 million, $0.3 million, and $0.2 million in March 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
We believe that our existing cash balances along with our working capital line of credit will be sufficient to fund our projected operating requirements through the year ending December 31, 2008. However, we may need to raise additional capital or incur indebtedness to continue to fund our operations in the future or to respond to competitive pressures or strategic opportunities. Our future capital requirements will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth, the expansion of our sales and marketing activities, the timing and extent of expansion into new territories, the timing of new product introductions and enhancements to existing products and the continuing market acceptance of our products. Although we currently are not a party to any agreement or letter of intent with respect to potential investments in, or acquisitions of, complementary businesses, services or technologies, we may enter into these types of arrangements in the future, which could also require us to seek additional equity or debt financing. Additional funds may not be available on terms favorable to us, or at all.
Contractual Obligations
The following is a summary of our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2006:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2007 |
2008 |
2009 |
2010 |
2011 and beyond |
Total |
||||||||||||
|
(in thousands) |
|||||||||||||||||
Capital leases | $ | 37 | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | $ | 37 | ||||||
Operating leases | 141 | — | — | — | — | 141 | ||||||||||||
Purchase obligations | 9,965 | 112 | 13 | — | — | 10,090 | ||||||||||||
Total contractual obligations | $ | 10,143 | $ | 112 | $ | 13 | $ | — | — | $ | 10,268 | |||||||
We lease our office space and certain equipment under non-cancelable operating leases and capital leases. The lease for the facility we occupied at the end of 2006 ended in May 2007. Total rent expense under these operating leases for 2004, 2005 and 2006 was $0.3 million, $0.3 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
In May 2007, we entered into a six year operating lease for new and expanded office space. Under the terms of the agreement, our future commitments increased by $0.1 million, $0.5 million, $0.6 million, $0.6 million and $1.6 million in 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011, respectively. These obligations are secured by a letter of credit backed by our working capital facility.
55
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not now and have not in the past had relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, such as entities often referred to as structured finance or special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Current Year Misstatements requires companies to quantify misstatements using both a balance sheet (iron curtain) and an income statement (rollover) approach to evaluate whether either approach results in an error that is material in light of relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. We have applied SAB No. 108 to all periods presented in our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. Our adoption of SAB No. 108 did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115, or SFAS 159, which permits companies to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective of SFAS 159 is to improve financial reporting by providing companies with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. SFAS 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the effect that SFAS 159 may have on our consolidated financial statements.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements, or SFAS 157, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. SFAS 157 does not require any new fair value measurements; rather, it applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. SFAS 157 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently evaluating the effect that SFAS 157 may have on our consolidated financial statements and have not yet determined the impact, if any, that its adoption will have on our result of operations or financial condition.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109, or FIN 48, which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. We adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. Upon adoption of FIN 48, we recognized no material adjustment in our liability for unrecognized income tax benefits.
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, or SFAS 154, which replaces APB Opinion 20, Accounting Changes and SFAS No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements — An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 28. SFAS 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes retrospective application, or the latest practicable date, as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle and the reporting of a correction of an error. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. We adopted SFAS 154 effective January 1, 2006, and its adoption did not have an effect on our consolidated financial statements.
56
In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs, an amendment of ARB No. 43, Chapter 4, or SFAS 151. SFAS 151 amends previous guidance regarding treatment of abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs and spoilage. SFAS 151 requires that those items be recognized as current period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of "so abnormal" which was the criterion specified in Accounting Research Bulletin No. 43, Restatement and Revision of Accounting Research Bulletins. In addition, SFAS 151 requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the cost of the production be based on normal capacity of the production facilities. We adopted SFAS 151 effective January 1, 2006, and its adoption did not have an effect on our consolidated financial statements.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Foreign Currency Risk
Our product and customer service sales are denominated in U.S. dollars. Our international sales and marketing operations incur expenses that are denominated in foreign currencies. As a result, our operating expenses and cash flows are subject to fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to the foreign currencies. Our exposures are to fluctuations in exchange rates for the U.S. dollar versus the British pound, the Euro and the Japanese yen. We had foreign currency denominated expenses of approximately $0.6 million and $3.5 million during the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007, respectively, and $0.0 million and $2.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Additionally, our international sales and marketing operations maintain cash balances denominated in foreign currencies. In order to decrease the inherent risk associated with translation of foreign cash balances into our reporting currency, we have not maintained excess cash balances in foreign currencies. We had approximately $0.2 million in cash balances denominated in foreign currencies as of June 30, 2007. To date, we have not hedged our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and, as a result, we could incur unanticipated translation gains and losses.
Interest Rate Sensitivity
We had unrestricted cash and cash equivalents totaling $8.1 million, $9.8 million and $15.6 million as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 and June 30, 2007, respectively. These amounts were invested primarily in money market funds. The unrestricted cash and cash equivalents are held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. We believe that we do not have any material exposure to changes in fair value as a result of changes in interest rates. Declines in interest rates, however, will reduce future investment income. If overall interest rates fell by 10% during the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, our interest income would have decreased by less than $0.1 million for each year, assuming consistent investment levels.
57
Overview
EqualLogic is a leading provider of high-performance storage products that simplify the way enterprises retain, access, manage and protect their data. Our products are designed specifically for mid-sized enterprises that have complex storage needs but cannot justify the high procurement and management costs of other storage area network, or SAN, alternatives. Combining high-performance and high-availability disk storage with a comprehensive suite of intelligent storage management software, our products are offered in an integrated, all-inclusive package.
Our innovative product architecture employs a software virtualization layer that severs the traditional tie between stored data and disk drive hardware. This architecture enables our storage arrays to cooperate with one another and be self-managing. In addition, our products are based on the iSCSI network protocol, which utilizes widely-deployed Internet Protocol, or IP, networks. As a result, our customers can easily and cost-effectively install, expand and modify their storage resources to meet their evolving data storage requirements.
According to IDC, a leading technology research firm, the iSCSI SAN market is the fastest growing segment of the disk storage industry and is expected to grow from $0.6 billion in 2006 to $6.0 billion in 2011, representing a compound annual growth rate of 60.9%. IDC estimates that we have the third largest market share in the iSCSI SAN market. According to Gartner, a leading technology research and advisory company, we had the second largest revenue share of the iSCSI SAN market in 2006.
We shipped our first products in May 2003, and since then we have sold our products to over 2,700 customers in more than 30 countries across a broad range of industries. We sell our products exclusively through a growing network of more than 470 active channel partners, enabling us to cost effectively increase our market penetration. Our revenue was $10.4 million, $30.0 million and $68.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, with net losses of $12.1 million, $9.4 million and $0.5 million in the corresponding years. During the six months ended June 30, 2007, we had revenue of $53.2 million and a net loss of $1.5 million.
Industry Background
Trends creating data storage challenges
The following trends are creating data storage challenges for enterprises of all sizes:
58
more effective ways to protect and ensure access to their data and minimize recovery time in the event of a disaster.
Enterprises are increasingly adopting SANs to address these storage challenges. IDC projects that new storage capacity deployed on SANs will increase at a compound annual growth rate of 67.4% between 2006 and 2011. IDC also projects that the annual growth of new capacity deployed on direct attached storage systems, which have traditionally been employed by mid-sized enterprises for the majority of their storage needs, will slow to 21.2% over the same period.
When selecting a SAN environment, enterprises face two key considerations: the network on which the SAN is deployed and the underlying design of the storage system used.
SAN network alternatives
Enterprise SANs employ one of two networking technologies: Fibre Channel or IP. Both technologies offer excellent performance and reliability, but with important differences for enterprises operating SANs on them.
Fibre Channel, developed in the 1990s, was the first networking technology used for SANs and currently has the largest installed base. Fibre Channel SAN vendors achieved substantial market penetration among Fortune 500 companies and other large enterprises as Fibre Channel became the de-facto storage network standard. While Fibre Channel networks offer high throughput performance, they are difficult to deploy and modify and require large capital investments. In addition, enterprises without Fibre Channel network experience must incur the costs of training their existing IT personnel or of retaining expensive outside professional services.
The Internet Protocol was initially developed for computer networks and was expanded to include SAN functionality when the IP storage standard, called iSCSI, was formalized in 2003. IP is one of the most prevalent networking technologies in the world. SANs can be deployed on IP networks at substantially lower costs than on Fibre Channel networks because IP network components cost less than Fibre Channel network components and most enterprise IT administrators already know how to deploy and manage IP networks cost-effectively. In addition, IP networks provide security and scalability for virtual server infrastructures that are more flexible, even as virtual server resources are moved. As a result, SANs are now being deployed on IP networks at a much more rapid rate than on Fibre Channel networks. According to IDC, from 2006 to 2011, new storage capacity deployed on iSCSI SANs is expected to grow at a compound annual growth rate of 143.2% compared to 44.2% for Fibre Channel SANs.
The limitations of legacy SANs
The SAN market emerged in the 1990s in response to large enterprises that required scalable, reliable storage and disaster recovery capabilities for their increasing number of client-server systems running key business applications. Early SANs were derived from mainframe storage systems and shared many of their drawbacks, including the complexity of deploying and modifying them. A decade later, many of the problems with these first-generation SANs are still present in
59
today's Fibre Channel SANs and IP SANs because they utilize similar design elements. We refer to these SANs as legacy SANs.
Legacy SANs cannot interact with each other, other than to copy data to remote systems for disaster recovery purposes, because of their stand-alone design. As a result, the scalability of any individual legacy SAN is capped by the maximum capacity of that SAN. When the storage capacity of a legacy SAN is exhausted, data must be manually moved onto a larger SAN, usually late at night or on weekends to minimize system downtime. In addition to being time- and labor-intensive, this process poses a risk of data loss due to operator errors or unexpected circumstances.
Additionally, tuning the performance of a legacy SAN is laborious, and the associated effort and expense increase proportionately as additional storage capacity is added to an individual SAN. The failure to tune storage performance can cause service levels to deteriorate significantly. Further, data protection and recovery operations become much more challenging as data is spread across multiple legacy SANs. Legacy SAN vendors often attempt to address these problems with add-on data management software applications and professional services, which further increases cost and complexity.
Emerging IT trends have resulted in the storage requirements of mid-sized enterprises—which we define as non-Fortune 500 companies, non-profit, educational and research organizations and departments or branch offices of larger enterprises—becoming as sophisticated as those of larger enterprises. As legacy SAN vendors focus on mid-sized enterprises, however, we believe they typically aim to protect their existing business models by offering stripped-down versions of their high-end products that require expensive add-on software and professional services to achieve essential functionality. These offerings are often incomplete and their legacy designs pose ongoing management, scalability and utilization challenges to mid-sized enterprises with limited budgets and IT resources.
The need for a next-generation SAN
To address the problems presented by legacy SANs, mid-sized enterprises have an unmet need for storage solutions that can cost-effectively:
The EqualLogic Solution
Our PS Series storage products meet the needs for a next-generation SAN by offering the following benefits to our customers:
60
commissioned Yankee Group, a technology research and consulting firm, to conduct in May 2007, 60% of the respondents reported that they installed our products in two hours or less. Once deployed, our products can be managed by IT generalists without the need for specialized knowledge or additional professional services and administration requirements remain consistent even as capacity grows. Common tasks associated with storage management, such as load balancing and provisioning, are handled transparently while the system is online, eliminating the need for performance tuning.
Our Strategy
Our goal is to become the leading provider of IP SANs that address the current and emerging storage needs of mid-sized enterprises. The following are key elements of our strategy:
61
100% channel model across a broad range of industries and geographies to increase our rate of new customer acquisition. In addition, increasing our brand recognition through marketing activities and existing customer advocacy will help our channel partners acquire new customer accounts.
Technology and Architecture
Our product architecture is core to the value proposition we provide. It enables a PS Series array to work independently, or to be grouped together with other PS Series arrays to create a larger, higher-performing SAN using a standard Ethernet network. Our underlying software virtualization layer enables us to mask the complexity of the storage configuration while maintaining a single point of management, regardless of total system capacity.
Our architecture consists of the following foundational elements:
Page-Based Storage Virtualization: To achieve virtualization, we insert an abstraction, which we refer to as a page, between the disk subsystems and the servers that access stored data. Pages are fixed sets of disk blocks and are aggregated into a virtual collection that we refer to as a volume. A volume appears to servers as a physical disk. To allocate or grow a volume, the virtualization layer assigns pages to that volume. The pages that represent a volume can reside within a single array or across multiple arrays. Pages are only allocated when written, making it easy to fully or thinly provision volumes. Since pages are designed to be shared, the architecture includes high-performance data management features such as snapshots and replication.
Storage Network Routing: Network routing techniques are used to create "page maps" that track the location of the pages comprising each volume. Page maps provide high-performance access to the data stored in the pages, regardless of the number of arrays over which a volume is distributed. Because pages can move between arrays, even while a server is actively reading from or writing to the volume, page maps are updated dynamically to reflect new page locations. Distributed transaction techniques are used to ensure that page maps are consistently updated with no impact on performance or data integrity. The ability to move pages transparently enables us to increase capacity and performance by grouping together additional PS Series arrays.
Dynamic Load Balancing: Capacity and performance load balancing are achieved by automatically optimizing page placement and access paths across the available PS Series arrays. Page movement optimizes capacity and performance by leveraging all the resources provided by the cooperating PS Series arrays. Page placement is updated dynamically based on a number of factors, including the load on the available PS Series arrays and the physical attributes of the arrays such as capacity and type of RAID (redundant array of independent disks). Server connections are optimized by load balancing the network access paths across all network paths on the PS Series arrays.
Single Management View: PS Series arrays are managed as a single SAN, even as more arrays are added to a configuration. As a result, administration effort remains constant, rather than increasing in conjunction with the expansion of capacity and performance. Our grouping technology allows multiple PS Series arrays to act as a single SAN and, together with our replicated
62
configuration database, allows management tasks to be performed once and applied to all of the grouped PS Series arrays.
Storage Controller Performance: Our PS Series array controllers are designed to ensure optimum performance and scalability in a fully virtualized storage environment by leveraging network processor technology as opposed to general purpose CPUs. The controllers enable line-speed routing and data throughput and are also able to embed sophisticated storage management functionality within and across arrays.
Our Products
Our PS Series products combine high-performance and high-availability disk storage arrays with a comprehensive suite of intelligent storage management software. By offering our products in an integrated, all-inclusive package, we are able to enhance the value of our products and improve their manageability and reliability.
Enterprise-Class Disk Storage Arrays
There are two classes of PS Series storage arrays, each including several models based primarily on a customer's capacity, performance and redundancy requirements. Our PS Series SATA arrays utilize Serial ATA, or SATA, disk drives, while our PS Series SAS arrays leverage higher-performing Serial Attached SCSI, or SAS, disk drives. Our PS Series products currently offer storage capacities ranging from 1.75 to 10.5 terabytes per array. Multiple arrays can be grouped together to increase capacity and performance of the SAN.
Our products incorporate high-availability features, such as fully redundant and hot-swappable components, dual controller modules with mirrored and battery- backed cache and self-configured RAID with automatic hot sparing. In addition, our PS Series arrays include multiple Ethernet interfaces to provide IP access.
Intelligent Storage Management Software
Our PS Series products include, at no additional cost, intelligent storage management software that enables individual arrays to automatically collaborate, share resources, distribute workloads and adapt to changes in an enterprise's IT infrastructure, while providing advanced data protection capabilities.
Our software provides the following advanced capabilities for storage management:
63
Customers
Our products have been sold to over 2,700 customers in more than 30 countries across a broad range of industries, including financial services; higher education; state, local and federal government; Internet and application services; manufacturing; healthcare; and legal services. We believe that our customers have a high level of satisfaction with our products and services. According to the July 2007 Yankee Group survey, 98.4% of respondents reported that they would recommend our PS Series products to other enterprises. During the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the six months ended June 30, 2007, no single customer accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated revenue.
Some representative customer experiences with our products include:
64
hardware savings of $120,000 in the first year while simplifying network management and reduced downtime.
staff. After Thomas Memorial chose our PS Series SAN over Fibre Channel alternatives, Agfa HealthCare certified our PS Series products to run Agfa's popular PACS solution. Thomas Memorial then built a fully-redundant storage environment, including a remote disaster recovery site, with a total of 22 of our PS Series arrays.
Customer Support and Service
We offer our customers three customer support options through customer service agreements that are generally entered into at the time of sale. All of our customers receive warranty coverage for two years, consisting of next business day replacement of parts for 90 days and return to us for repair for the remainder of the term, software updates for one year, call support during business hours and on-site repair service on a best efforts basis at our standard prices. Customers that purchase our "complete care" coverage receive next business day replacement of parts, periodic software updates, priority response call support 24 hours a day and on-site repair service on a best efforts basis at our standard prices. Customers that purchase our "complete care plus" coverage receive on-site replacement of parts, periodic software updates, priority response call support 24 hours a day and four-hour on-site repair service. Both "complete care" and "complete care plus" coverage are typically purchased for terms of one to three years.
We provide telephone and online product support for our customers directly out of our corporate headquarters in Nashua, New Hampshire. In some geographic locations, we contract with our channel partners to provide support for our customers. We also subcontract with third parties to enhance our internal support capabilities. We have engaged third parties to provide call logging, contract validation, problem definition and logistics support.
Sales and Marketing
We sell our products exclusively through resellers and distributors, which we refer to as channel partners. Our channel partners are independent third parties that purchase products from us and resell them in North America and overseas. These partners help market and sell our products with the assistance of our sales force. Our sales force provides technical and sales assistance to our channel partners, which we believe increases the product expertise that can be conveyed to potential customers. As of June 30, 2007, we had more than 470 active channel partners.
We focus our marketing efforts on communicating product advantages, generating qualified leads for our channel partners and increasing brand awareness. We rely on a variety of marketing efforts, including tradeshows, advertising, public relations and our website.
We are making an extensive ongoing investment in the expansion of our sales and marketing resources in order to develop and grow our channel partner community and to help our channel partners achieve broader market reach.
Some of our representative experiences with our channel partners are described below:
65
our product within other existing accounts. Foedus believes that partnering with us has helped it expand its portfolio of solutions and has brought it incremental business it would not have attracted otherwise.
Research and Development
We believe that continued investment in research and development is critical to our business, and we invest significant time and financial resources in the development of our products. We have assembled a team of skilled engineers with extensive experience in the fields of computing, storage, distributed systems, network system design, Internet routing protocols and software. These individuals have extensive prior experience with many leading digital storage and data networking companies. Our research and development activities take place at our corporate headquarters in Nashua, New Hampshire. As of June 30, 2007, we had 87 employees in our research and development group.
Research and development expenses were $7.8 million, $9.7 million and $10.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively, and $6.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2007.
Manufacturing
We have engaged Xyratex Technology Limited for the assembly, quality control, packaging and shipping of our SAS products. We rely on Xyratex to procure a majority of the components used in our SAS products, with all key components and suppliers pre-qualified by us. We work closely with Xyratex in an effort to ensure that our limited number of third-party suppliers can provide sufficient components to satisfy our product delivery schedule. In addition, we qualify all of the final test procedures conducted by Xyratex and sample finished products to ensure that finished PS Series products meet our rigorous quality standards.
Although currently we internally assemble, review quality, package and ship our SATA products with components purchased from a limited number of third-party suppliers, we are considering transitioning these functions to Xyratex.
Competition
The market for our products is highly competitive and we expect competition to intensify in the future. We currently face competition from a number of established companies that have historically dominated the storage market, including EMC, Network Appliance, Dell, Hewlett-Packard, Sun
66
Microsystems, Hitachi Data Systems and IBM. We also face competition from a number of private companies, including Compellent Technologies, LeftHand Networks and 3PAR. We expect to encounter new competitors as well as increased competition, both domestically and internationally, from other established and emerging storage companies.
We believe the principal competitive factors in our market are as follows:
We believe we compete effectively based on all of these factors. In particular, we believe that our product architecture provides us with significant competitive advantages in terms of performance, scalability, ease of management and low total cost of ownership delivered to our customers. We have extensive market reach through our distribution network of over 470 active channel partners. In addition, we have sold our products to over 2,700 customers in more than 30 countries across a broad range of industries, which provides us with a significant number of reference accounts, better enabling us to market and sell our products to new customers. However, many of our competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, technical, sales and marketing resources than we have. Our competitors may also be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products. Our competitors may also have more extensive customer bases and broader customer relationships than we do, including relationships with our potential customers.
Intellectual Property
Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary protection for our products, technology and know-how, to operate without infringing the proprietary rights of others and to prevent others from infringing upon our proprietary rights.
We seek to protect our proprietary position by, among other methods, filing patent applications. We focus our patent efforts in the United States and, when justified by cost and strategic importance, we file related foreign patent applications in jurisdictions such as the European Union and Japan. We also rely on copyright law, trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our proprietary position.
As of June 30, 2007, we owned one U.S. patent, for our Distributed Snapshot Process, which relates to a partitioned resource server environment and will expire in 2025. We have one allowed U.S. patent application, for our Adaptive Storage Block Data Distribution, which relates to our efficient partitioned resource server. We have eight pending utility patent applications in the United States, four applications filed pursuant to the Patent Cooperation Treaty and nine foreign patent applications. Our pending patent applications relate to data integrity, request routing and other network storage concepts.
We do not know if any of our patent applications will issue as patents. If any of our applications issues as a patent, that patent may be opposed, contested, circumvented, designed around by a third party, or found to be invalid or unenforceable. Our patent applications may not issue with the scope of the claims that we seek, if at all, or the scope of the claims that may issue may not be sufficiently broad to protect our products and technology. Third parties may develop
67
technologies that are similar or superior to our proprietary technologies, duplicate or otherwise obtain and use our proprietary technologies, or design around patents owned or licensed by us. If our products are found to conflict with any patent held by a third party, we could be prevented from selling our products.
We rely in some circumstances on trade secrets to protect our technology. We control access to and the use of our proprietary software and other confidential information with internal and external controls, including contractual agreements with employees, end-users and channel partners. We cannot provide any assurance that these parties will abide by the terms of their agreements.
We use trademarks on some of our products and believe that having distinctive marks may be an important factor in marketing our products. We have registered our EqualLogic® and EqualLogic logo trademarks in the United States. We have also registered some of our marks in foreign countries.
The network storage business is subject to the existence of a large number of patents, trademarks and copyrights, and also to litigation based on allegations of infringement or other violations of intellectual property rights. We cannot assure you that we do not currently infringe, or that we will not in the future infringe, any third-party patents or other proprietary rights in the United States or abroad. It may be necessary for us to initiate litigation in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others, or to defend against claims of infringement or invalidity. We may not prevail in any future litigation.
Employees
As of June 30, 2007, we had 325 employees, with 180 in sales and marketing, 87 in research and development, 32 in general and administration and 26 in customer support and operations. Of our employees, 286 are located in the United States and 39 are abroad. None of our employees is represented by a labor union and we consider our current employee relations to be good.
Facilities
Our corporate headquarters are located in Nashua, New Hampshire, where we occupy an approximately 78,000 square foot facility under a lease expiring in April 2013, subject to our option to extend the lease for an additional five years. We use these facilities for research and development, customer support and sales and marketing, as well as for assembly, quality control, testing, packaging and shipping of our SATA products.
In connection with our sales efforts, we lease office space typically on a short-term renewable basis in various locations throughout the United States, as well as in Canada, the United Kingdom, Germany, France, the Netherlands, Belgium and Japan.
We believe that our current facilities are sufficient for our current needs. We intend to add new facilities or expand existing facilities as we add employees or expand our geographic markets, and we believe that suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate any such expansion of our operations.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, we have been and may again become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any material litigation and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation against us that could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.
68
Executive Officers and Directors
Our executive officers and directors, their current positions and their ages as of September 28, 2007 are set forth below:
Name |
Age |
Position(s) |
||
---|---|---|---|---|
Donald P. Bulens | 51 | President, Chief Executive Officer and Director | ||
Richard S. Haak, Jr. | 53 | Chief Financial Officer | ||
Paula A. Long | 45 | Executive Vice President of Products and Strategy | ||
Peter C. Hayden | 47 | Executive Vice President of Product Operations and Director | ||
Kirk D. Bowman | 42 | Executive Vice President of Worldwide Field Operations | ||
Timothy B. Yeaton | 48 | Chief Marketing Officer | ||
Christopher Baldwin (1)(2) | 46 | Director | ||
Michael A. Brown (2)(3) | 48 | Chairman of the Board of Directors | ||
Edwin J. Gillis (1)(3) | 58 | Director | ||
Gregory C. Gretsch (2)(3) | 41 | Director | ||
Richard S. Grinnell (1) | 37 | Director |
Donald P. Bulens has served as our chief executive officer since February 2005. Mr. Bulens served as president and chief executive officer of Trellix Corporation, a website publishing tools provider, from January 1999 until its January 2003 sale to Interland, Inc., a publicly-traded web hosting services provider. He served as senior vice president at Interland from January 2003 until April 2004. Mr. Bulens was an independent consultant to technology companies from December 1997 to December 1998, and from May 2004 to January 2005. He served as chief executive officer of Radnet, Inc., a web-based collaboration software company, from August 1996 to November 1997. Previously, Mr. Bulens served in several leadership roles at Lotus Development Corp., an application software company, including vice president of worldwide channels and developer relations for Lotus Notes, from 1988 to 1996.
Richard S. Haak, Jr. has served as our chief financial officer since January 2007. From October 2002 until January 2007, Mr. Haak served as chief financial officer of Enterasys Networks, Inc., an enterprise network infrastructure provider, and from October 2001 to October 2002, he was its vice president of finance. From August 2000 to September 2001, he served as chief financial officer of Advantage Schools, Inc., a for-profit charter school development and management company. From 1998 to 2000, Mr. Haak served as vice president and corporate controller of PictureTel Corporation, a videoconferencing company.
Paula A. Long is a co-founder of EqualLogic and has served as our executive vice president of products and strategy since August 2007. She was our vice president of products and strategy from 2001 to August 2007. From 1999 to 2000, Ms. Long served in several engineering management positions at Allaire Corporation, an e-business platform provider, including as director of enterprise products.
Peter C. Hayden is a co-founder of EqualLogic and has served as a director since 2001. Since December 2005, he has served as our executive vice president of product operations, and from October 2003 until December 2005, he was our vice president of business development. From 2001 to October 2003, Mr. Hayden served as our chief executive officer. Mr. Hayden served as director of RAID products at Adaptec, Inc., a storage solutions provider, from 1996 to 2000.
69
Kirk D. Bowman has served as our executive vice president of worldwide field operations since March 2007. From January 2005 to March 2007, Mr. Bowman served as chief operating officer of Model N Inc., a life science revenue management software provider, and from July 2004 to January 2005, he was a private investor. From January 2004 to July 2004, he was an entrepreneur-in-residence advising early stage companies at Foundation Capital, a venture capital firm. From July 2002 to December 2003, Mr. Bowman served as executive vice president of worldwide field operations of VMware, Inc., a virtual computing software provider. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Bowman served as senior vice president and general manager of worldwide field operations of Inktomi Corporation, a web search provider.
Timothy B. Yeaton has served as our chief marketing officer since September 2007. From March 2005 to September 2007, Mr. Yeaton served as senior vice president of worldwide marketing at Red Hat, Inc., a software provider. From November 2001 to March 2005, he was chief executive officer and a director of Avaki Corporation, a data management software company. From August 2000 to March 2001, Mr. Yeaton served as senior vice president and general manager of server products at Allaire Corporation, a software provider, and from March 2001 to November 2001, he served in the same position at Macromedia, Inc.
Christopher Baldwin has served as a director since 2001. Since 1999, Mr. Baldwin has been a partner of Charles River Ventures, a venture capital firm. From 1997 to 1999, he served as vice president of marketing for Argon Networks, Inc., a communications equipment manufacturer.
Michael A. Brown has served as a director since February 2003 and as our chairman since August 2007. From September 1995 to September 2002, he served as chief executive officer of Quantum Corporation, and from 1984 to 1995, he served in several senior management positions at Quantum, including vice president of marketing, executive vice president and chief operating officer and division president. From 1998 to July 2003, Mr. Brown served as chairman of Quantum and he continues to serve as a director. Mr. Brown also serves as a director of Symantec Corporation, a security and storage software provider, and Nektar Therapeutics, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, and as chairman of the board of Line 6, a privately-held musical instrument and audio gear manufacturer.
Edwin J. Gillis has served as a director since May 2006. From July to December 2005, Mr. Gillis was senior vice president of administration and integration of Symantec. From 2002 to July 2005, Mr. Gillis was executive vice president and chief financial officer of VERITAS Software Corporation. From 1995 to 2002, Mr. Gillis was executive vice president and chief financial officer of Parametric Technology Corporation, a mechanical and manufacturing software supplier. Mr. Gillis is a former partner at Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P. and a certified public accountant. Mr. Gillis also serves as a director of Teradyne, Inc., a global supplier of automatic test equipment, and BladeLogic, Inc., a provider of data center automation software.
Gregory C. Gretsch has served as a director since 2001. Since 2000, Mr. Gretsch has been a managing director of Sigma Partners, a venture capital firm. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Gretsch was vice president of electronic direct marketing at KANA Software, Inc., a customer service software provider. From 1997 to 1999, he was founder and chairman of Connectify, Inc., an enterprise software company that was acquired by KANA in 1999.
Richard S. Grinnell has served as a director since June 2005. Since June 2007, Mr. Grinnell has been a managing director of Fairhaven Capital Partners, a venture capital firm that was founded by the former managing directors of TD Capital Ventures. From December 2005 to June 2007, he was a managing director of TD Capital Ventures, the former venture capital arm of The Toronto-Dominion Bank, which he joined in January 2001. From 1999 to 2001, Mr. Grinnell was senior marketing manager of Adero Inc., an internet content distribution provider. From 1997 to 1998,
70
Mr. Grinnell served as director of marketing at ClearOne Communications, Inc., a multimedia communications company.
Board Composition
Our board of directors currently consists of seven members, all of whom were elected as directors pursuant to a stockholders agreement that we have entered into with holders of shares of our convertible preferred stock. The stockholders agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering and there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal. There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated by-laws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated by-laws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering also provide that our directors may be removed only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes that all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in an annual election of directors, and that any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.
Director Independence
Under Rule 4350 of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, a majority of a listed company's board of directors must be comprised of independent directors within one year of listing. In addition, Nasdaq Marketplace Rules require that, subject to specified exceptions, each member of a listed company's audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Under Rule 4200(a)(15) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, a director will only qualify as an "independent director" if, in the opinion of that company's board of directors, that person does not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In order to be considered to be independent for purposes of Rule 10A-3, a member of an audit committee of a listed company may not, other than in his or her capacity as a member of the audit committee, the board of directors, or any other board committee, (1) accept directly or indirectly any consulting, advisory, or other compensatory fee from the listed company or any of its subsidiaries or (2) be an affiliated person of the listed company or any of its subsidiaries.
Our board of directors has reviewed the composition of our board of directors and its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information requested from and provided by each director concerning their background, employment and affiliations, including family relationships, our board of directors has determined that none of Messrs. Baldwin, Brown, Gillis, Gretsch and Grinnell, representing five of our seven directors, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and that each of these directors is "independent" as that term is defined under Rule 4200(a)(15) of the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Baldwin, Brown and Gretsch, who comprise our compensation committee, and Messrs. Brown, Gillis and Gretsch, who comprise our nominating and corporate governance committee, satisfy the independence standards for those committees established by the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules. In making these determinations, the board of directors considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances the board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock
71
by each non-employee director. Our board of directors also determined that Messrs. Gillis and Grinnell, who are two of our three audit committee members, satisfy the independence standards for that committee established by applicable SEC and Nasdaq Marketplace rules. Under applicable SEC and Nasdaq Marketplace rules, by no later than the first anniversary of the closing of this offering, each member of our audit committee must be an independent director for audit committee purposes. We intend to comply with these requirements prior to the first anniversary of the closing of this offering.
Board Committees
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Each committee operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors.
Audit Committee
The members of our audit committee are Messrs. Baldwin, Gillis and Grinnell. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee satisfy the requirements for financial literacy under the current requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market and rules and regulations. Mr. Gillis is the chair of the audit committee and is also an "audit committee financial expert", as defined by SEC rules and satisfies the financial sophistication requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market. Our audit committee assists our board of directors in its oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process and the audits of our financial statements.
The audit committee's responsibilities include:
All audit services to be provided to us and all non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our registered public accounting firm must be approved in advance by our audit committee.
Compensation Committee
The members of our compensation committee are Messrs. Baldwin, Brown and Gretsch. Mr. Brown is the chair of the compensation committee. Our compensation committee assists our
72
board of directors in the discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executive officers. The compensation committee's responsibilities include:
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
The members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Brown, Gillis and Gretsch. Mr. Gretsch is the chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities include:
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any entity that has one or more executive officers who serve as members of our board of directors or our compensation committee. None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our company, nor have they ever been an officer or employee of our company.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following this offering, a current copy of the code will be posted on the Corporate Governance section of our website, which is located at www.equallogic.com.
73
Director Compensation
Since our company was formed, we have not provided cash compensation to any director for his or her services as a director. However, we have historically reimbursed our directors for reasonable travel and other expenses incurred in connection with attending our board and committee meetings.
We have granted stock awards and options to purchase shares of our common stock to our non-employee directors. The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2006. Neither Mr. Bulens nor Mr. Hayden has ever received any compensation in connection with his service as a director.
Name |
Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($) |
Stock Awards ($) |
Option Awards ($)(1) |
All Other Compensation ($) |
Total ($) |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Christopher Baldwin | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||
Michael A. Brown | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||
Edwin J. Gillis | — | — | $ | 80,545 | (2) | — | $ | 80,545 | ||||
Gregory C. Gretsch | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||
Richard S. Grinnell | — | — | — | — | — |
Director Compensation Policy
In September 2007, our board of directors approved a director compensation policy that will take effect upon the closing of this offering. Each of our non-employee directors who is not affiliated with a beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding capital stock will be eligible to receive the director compensation described below. We refer to these directors as eligible directors, and our current eligible directors are Messrs. Brown and Gillis. For purposes of our director compensation policy, beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules.
Our director compensation policy provides cash and equity components, each of which we intend to be in line with the median levels of a peer group of publicly-traded U.S. technology companies. See "Executive Compensation—Competitive Market and Use of Compensation Consultants" below.
Cash Compensation
Eligible directors will be paid the annual cash retainers set forth in the table below, payable quarterly in arrears and pro-rated for any partial period. Since we expect a significant amount of the board's work to occur in committees and for that workload to vary by committee, we have set
74
separate amounts of cash compensation for each of the board's committees and further differentiated compensation for committee chairs relative to other committee members.
Position |
Annual Retainer |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Board of Directors | ||||
Non-Executive Chair | $ | 50,000 | ||
Other Eligible Directors | $ | 25,000 | ||
Audit Committee | ||||
Chair | $ | 14,000 | ||
Other Members | $ | 7,000 | ||
Compensation Committee | ||||
Chair | $ | 7,000 | ||
Other Members | $ | 3,500 | ||
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee | ||||
Chair | $ | 5,000 | ||
Other Members | $ | 2,500 |
We do not pay per meeting fees to our directors.
Equity Compensation
New Director Grants. Each eligible director who is first elected or appointed to our board of directors after the closing of this offering will automatically be granted an option to purchase that number of shares of our common stock as has an aggregate Black-Scholes value of $250,000 on the date of such initial election or appointment. The exercise price of these options will equal the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant. These options will vest as to 25% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the date of grant, and as to 6.25% on each three- month anniversary thereafter.
Annual Grants. Each eligible director will automatically be granted an option to purchase that number of shares of our common stock as has an aggregate Black-Scholes value of $125,000 on the date of our annual meeting of stockholders. The exercise price of these options will equal the fair market value of one share of our common stock on the date of grant. These options will vest as to 25% of the underlying shares on each three-month anniversary of the date of grant.
The vesting of all options granted under our director compensation policy will be conditioned on continued service as a director. For purposes of calculating the Black-Scholes value of these options, the methodologies and assumptions will be those most recently used by us for financial statement reporting purposes.
Expense Reimbursement
We reimburse all directors, including directors who are not eligible directors, for their ordinary and reasonable expenses incurred in attending board and board committee meetings.
Executive Compensation
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
This section discusses the principles underlying our executive compensation policies and decisions and the most important factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. It provides qualitative information regarding the manner and context in which compensation is awarded to and earned by our executives and is intended to place in perspective the data presented in the tables and narrative that follow.
75
As we have prepared to become a public company, the compensation committee of our board of directors has begun a thorough review of all elements of our executive compensation program, including the function and design of our annual cash incentive plan, long-term incentive plan and change-of-control agreements. The compensation committee has begun, and expects to continue in the coming months, to evaluate the need for revisions to our executive compensation program to ensure our program is competitive with the companies with which we compete for executive talent. As part of this process, the compensation committee has begun to consider the competitiveness of the elements of the compensation packages we offer to our executives, as well as their total compensation packages. Although the compensation committee intends to complete this process in connection with its annual executive compensation determinations, it will not necessarily adjust each separate element of our executive compensation program as part of this review.
Overview of Executive Compensation Process
Our compensation committee oversees our executive compensation program and has done so historically. In this role, the compensation committee reviews and approves all compensation decisions relating to our executive officers, except that the compensation of our chief executive officer is subject to approval of the board of directors excluding management members of the board. In making compensation decisions regarding executive officers, and in making compensation recommendations regarding our chief executive officer, the compensation committee receives and takes into account market-based data and input from a compensation consultant presented from time to time at committee meetings. For executive officers other than our chief executive officer, the compensation committee has historically sought and considered input from our chief executive officer regarding such executive officers' responsibilities, performance and compensation. In formulating input to be provided to the committee, our chief executive officer does, from time to time, consult with our compensation consultant. Our chief executive officer does not have formal authority to call or attend compensation committee meetings, however, he may make informal requests that the committee meet and he is frequently invited to attend portions of compensation committee meetings. Our compensation committee routinely meets in executive session, and our chief executive officer is not permitted to attend during committee discussions, or board of directors determinations, regarding his compensation. Our compensation committee has and exercises the ability to materially increase or decrease the recommendations made by our chief executive officer with regard to the compensation provided to our executive officers.
Our compensation committee expects, on an annual basis, to set base salaries and bonus targets for the following year, as well as to determine equity incentive awards for our executive officers. In setting annual salaries, bonuses and equity incentive awards, the compensation committee will review the individual contributions of each executive officer and the achievement of predetermined corporate, departmental and individual performance goals.
Competitive Market and Use of Compensation Consultants
Our compensation committee has historically considered compensation data and surveys collected from other private venture capital-backed companies with similar revenues, and from research informally conducted regarding such companies and supplied by committee members. The committee has also relied on its members' business judgment and collective experience in the technology industry. Although it did not benchmark our executive compensation program, our compensation committee has historically aimed to set our executive compensation at levels that are comparable to similar private venture capital-backed companies.
As part of our preparation to become a public company, in July 2007 our compensation committee engaged an independent compensation consulting firm to provide advice regarding our executive compensation practices and provide general information regarding executive
76
compensation practices in our industry. Although the compensation committee now considers the compensation consulting firm's advice among other factors in making its decisions with respect to our executive compensation program, the compensation committee ultimately makes its own decisions about these matters.
At the compensation committee's request, the compensation consulting firm completed an assessment of our executive compensation program as compared to those of a peer group of publicly-traded U.S. technology companies. This peer group, which will be periodically reviewed and updated by the compensation committee, consists of publicly-held technology companies the compensation committee believes are generally comparable to us and against which the compensation committee believes we compete for executive talent. The companies in this peer group have annual revenue of approximately one-third to three times those of EqualLogic and market capitalizations that we expect will be comparable to that of EqualLogic as a public company. The peer group currently consists of the following companies:
Acme Packet | Emulex | Isilon Systems | Riverbed Technology | |||
Aruba Networks | Eschelon Telecom | Ixia | Starent Networks | |||
BladeLogic | F5 Networks | Netezza | Sycamore Networks | |||
Blue Coat Systems | Globalstar | Novatel Wireless | Synaptics | |||
CommVault Systems | Infinera | Opnext | VASCO Data Security | |||
Data Domain | IPG Photonics | Opsware | International |
To date, the compensation committee has not benchmarked total executive compensation or most of our compensation elements against this peer group. However, in September 2007, the compensation committee recommended, and our board approved, new severance and change-of-control arrangements for our executive officers. In developing its recommendations, the compensation committee considered similar arrangements of those companies in our peer group, and aimed to set our arrangements so that they are generally consistent with those provided to executive officers in our peer group. See "—Components of our Executive Compensation Program—Severance and change-of-control benefits" below.
Objectives and Philosophy of Our Executive Compensation Program
The primary objectives of our compensation committee with respect to executive compensation are to:
To achieve these objectives, our executive compensation program ties a substantial portion of each executive's overall compensation to key corporate financial goals, primarily revenue and net income targets, as well as to departmental objectives. We also provide a portion of our executive compensation in the form of equity incentive awards that vest over time, which we believe helps to retain our executive officers and aligns their interests with those of our stockholders by allowing them to participate in our longer-term performance as reflected in the trading price of shares of our common stock.
77
Our objective is to set our executive compensation at levels the compensation committee believes are comparable with those of other companies of similar size and stage of development operating in the hardware and technology industries, while taking into account our relative performance and our own strategic goals.
Components of our Executive Compensation Program
The primary elements of our executive compensation program are currently:
The philosophy of the compensation committee has been and continues to be to emphasize the value of equity awards relative to cash compensation as the most significant component of executive compensation, and the compensation committee expects the value of equity awards to exceed the value of cash compensation. The compensation committee believes this best aligns the incentives of our executives with the interests of our stockholders and provides the best retention value. With respect to cash compensation, the philosophy of the compensation committee is to provide an increasing mix of annual incentive bonus relative to base salary consistent with that executive's ability to influence corporate objectives. Going forward, the compensation committee will review information it gathers, including that provided by our compensation consulting firm, and determine what it believes to be the appropriate level and mix of the various compensation components.
Base salaries. Base salary provides a fixed amount of compensation to compensate an executive adequately for the regular work performed during the year and takes into account the executive's experience, skills, knowledge and responsibilities. When establishing base salaries, the compensation committee considers the compensation paid by other companies with which we believe we compete for executive officers, as well as a variety of other factors, including seniority and responsibility levels, our ability to replace the individual and the base salary of the individual at his or her prior employment, if applicable. Base salaries for our executives have historically been set in an offer letter to the executive at the outset of employment. When Mr. Haak joined us as our chief financial officer in January 2007, our compensation committee set his annual base salary at $250,000. When Mr. Bowman joined us as our executive vice president of worldwide field operations in March 2007, our compensation committee set his annual base salary at $200,000.
From time to time in the discretion of our compensation committee and consistent with our executive compensation objectives, base salaries for our executive officers, together with other components of compensation, are evaluated for adjustment based on an assessment of executive performance and compensation trends in our industry. In October 2006, our compensation committee increased the annual base salaries that we pay to Ms. Long, currently our executive vice president of products and strategy, and to John P. Joseph, our vice president of marketing, from $160,000 to $175,000. Additionally, in May 2007, our compensation committee increased the annual base salary that we pay to Mr. Bulens, our chief executive officer, from $200,000 to $250,000. Our compensation committee based these executive officers' increased salaries on their ongoing contributions to our growth and development, the committee's confidence in their abilities to advance our corporate goals, and information regarding compensation for comparable positions among comparable companies.
78
Our compensation committee, with the assistance of our compensation consulting firm, has begun an analysis of our base salary compensation for executive officers as compared to that of companies in our compensation peer group. The compensation committee expects to complete this analysis, and to implement a new executive compensation program, prior to the closing of this offering. The compensation consulting firm indicated to our compensation committee in July 2007 that our base salaries are generally lower than the median base salaries of our peer companies. In deciding whether to make any adjustments to the base salaries of executives, the compensation committee will consider the relative positioning of each element of our executive compensation, including base salary, annual incentive bonus and equity awards, and the total of all of these elements in relation to the peer group.
In September 2007, Mr. Yeaton joined us as our chief marketing officer, and our compensation committee set his annual base salary at $225,000. In making this determination, our compensation committee considered information regarding the base salaries of our peer companies, informal compensation data and surveys collected regarding venture capital-backed companies with similar revenues, and our compensation committee members' business judgment and collective experience in the technology industry. Although our compensation committee did not benchmark Mr. Yeaton's base salary, it aimed to set it at a level comparable with those of similar executives in similar companies.
Annual cash incentive bonuses. We maintain an annual cash incentive bonus plan in which each of our executive officers participates, other than our executive vice president of worldwide field operations. These annual cash incentive bonuses are intended to compensate our executive officers for our achievement of corporate financial objectives as measured against predetermined goals. Bonuses are paid based on the aggregate percentage attainment against these goals, with 100% attainment resulting in a payment of 100% of the target cash incentive bonus. No bonus is paid if the aggregate attainment falls below certain minimum thresholds, and at such minimum thresholds only 50% of the target cash incentive bonus is paid. If we overachieve against our goals, the plan also provides for bonus payments of up to 200% of target bonuses.
The corporate financial goals on which annual cash incentive bonuses are based include revenue, net income and customer order objectives that are set forth in an internal business plan adopted by our board of directors at the beginning of the year. In 2006, for executive officers other than our chief executive officer, these annual cash incentive bonuses also took into account each executive officer's achievement of individual goals that had been set by the compensation committee based on recommendations by our chief executive officer.
Amounts payable under the annual cash incentive bonus plan are calculated as a percentage of the applicable executive officer's base salary, with higher level executive officers typically being compensated at a higher percentage of base salary. For 2006, our corporate financial goals accounted for 70% of the annual cash incentive bonus payment of each executive other than our chief executive officer, and individual goals accounted for the remaining 30%. Of the portion of these executives' cash bonuses that were based on corporate financial goals, one-third was based on our sales orders, one-third on our revenues and one-third on our net income. Actual sales orders in 2006 were 109% of our target, actual revenues were 95% of our target and actual net income (loss) was 100% of our target. Taken together, our average attainment of these goals was 101%.
For Ms. Long, who was our vice president of products and strategy in 2006, the 2006 individual goals related to the continued development of our products and expansion of our engineering team. For Mr. Hayden, our executive vice president of product operations, the 2006 individual goals related to the methods by which our products are manufactured, improved resource planning and customer service. For Mr. Joseph, our vice president of marketing, the 2006
79
individual goals related to successful activities to generate demand for our products and expansion of our marketing capabilities. For our former chief financial officer, the 2006 individual goals related to implementation of long-term planning procedures, implementation of specified corporate policies and budget management.
For our chief executive officer, corporate financial goals accounted for 100% of his 2006 annual cash incentive bonus payment. Specifically, one-third of his cash bonus was based on our sales orders, one-third on our revenues and one-third on our net income.
Beginning in 2007, our compensation committee no longer determines any portion of our executive officers' annual cash incentive bonus payments by reference to individual goals. Instead, except with respect to our chief executive officer, our compensation committee will refer to key performance metrics, which are functional departmental objectives that are intended to enhance teamwork and accountability and to align our executive officers' incentive compensation with key drivers of our operational success. For 2007, our corporate financial goals will account for 70% of each executive officer's annual cash incentive bonus payment, and key performance metrics will account for the remaining 30%. Of the portion of these executives' cash bonuses that will be based on corporate financial goals, 25% will be based on our sales orders, 50% on our revenues and 25% on our net income.
For Mr. Haak, our chief financial officer, the 2007 key performance metrics relate to implementation of streamlined financial reporting and transactional processes and expansion of our finance and administration team. For Ms. Long, our executive vice president of products and strategy, the 2007 key performance metrics relate to the processes by which we update the firmware for our products, expansion of our engineering management team and improvements in the quality of our products. For Mr. Hayden, our executive vice president of product operations, the 2007 key performance metrics relate to production and delivery of our products, continued strengthening of our customer service capabilities and monitoring, internal IT improvements and coordination with our contract manufacturer. For Mr. Joseph, our vice president of marketing, and Mr. Yeaton, our chief marketing officer, the 2007 key performance metrics relate to successful activities to generate demand for our products, expansion of our ability to influence the networked storage market and strengthened relationships with technology partners.
For our chief executive officer, corporate financial goals will account for 100% of his 2007 annual cash incentive bonus payment. Specifically, 25% of his cash bonus will be based on our sales orders, 50% on our revenues and 25% on our net income (loss).
Beginning in 2008, annual cash incentive payments for all executive officers will be based on the achievement of revenue and net income goals.
Our compensation committee has historically worked, and intends to continue to work, with our chief executive officer and our other executive officers to develop aggressive goals that they believe can be achieved by us and our executive officers with hard work. The goals established by the compensation committee and our board are based on our historical operating results and growth rates, as well as our expected future results, and are designed to require significant effort and operational success on the part of our executives and the company. For example, our 2006 sales orders and revenues targets represented 138% and 168% increases, respectively, over our 2005 sales orders and revenues and net income targets, and our 2006 net income target represented a $12.9 million increase over our 2005 net income target. Our compensation committee believes that attainment of our 2007 corporate financial goals will require similar levels of effort and operational success on the part of our executive officers as did our 2006 corporate financial goals.
80
Our executive vice president of worldwide field operations, Mr. Bowman, is not compensated on the same basis as our other executive officers with respect to cash bonuses. Instead, in addition to his 2007 base salary, Mr. Bowman is entitled to receive commissions based on a sales quota for the sales of our products and support services. This quota is based on our consolidated worldwide sales orders target for 2007, adjusted to reflect Mr. Bowman's March 2007 start date. Mr. Bowman's eligibility for commissions, which are paid on a monthly basis, is determined by dividing the target for his annual variable cash compensation by his target quota for sales of our products and support services (the "Commission Rate"). In each month, we pay commissions earned with a formula that applies the Commission Rate against the actual invoiced net sales of products and customer service agreements during the month. Because Mr. Bowman is principally responsible for overseeing the activities of our worldwide sales force, we believe that providing Mr. Bowman with commissions that are based on the performance of our sales force, as measured by the sale of our products and support services, achieves our compensation objectives more effectively than would the cash bonus criteria established for our other executive officers.
For the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007, the target bonus award as a percentage of each executive officer's base salary was set as follows:
Executive Officer |
Target Bonus Award as a Percentage of Base Salary |
||
---|---|---|---|
Chief Executive Officer | 75.0 | % | |
Chief Financial Officer(1) | 40.0 | % | |
Vice President of Products and Strategy(2) | 40.0 | % | |
Executive Vice President of Product Operations | 40.0 | % | |
Chief Marketing Officer(3) | 40.0 | % | |
Vice President of Marketing | 40.0 | % | |
Former Vice President of Worldwide Sales(4) | 37.5 | % |
For the actual 2006 amounts that we paid to each executive officer under our annual cash incentive plan, see the Summary Compensation Table below.
Equity incentive awards. Our equity incentive award program is the primary vehicle for offering long-term incentives to our executives. To date, all equity incentive awards made to our executive officers have been made in the form of stock options, and the compensation committee currently intends to continue this practice. Although we do not have any equity ownership guidelines or requirements for our executive officers, we believe that equity incentive awards provide our executive officers with a strong link to our long-term performance, create an ownership culture and to align the interests of our executive officers and with the creation of value for our stockholders. In addition, we believe that the vesting features of our equity incentive awards further our goal of executive retention because they provide an incentive to our executives to remain in our employ during the vesting period.
81
In determining the size of equity incentive awards to our executive officers, our compensation committee has historically considered our corporate performance, the applicable executive's performance and potential for enhancing the creation of value for our stockholders, the amount of equity previously awarded to the executive and the vesting of such awards, the executive's position and, in the case of awards to executive officers other than our chief executive officer, the recommendations of our chief executive officer. These factors will continue to be the primary factors considered in making future equity awards. In addition, going forward, the compensation committee will also consider recommendations developed by our compensation consulting firm, including information regarding comparative share ownership of executives in our compensation peer group.
We typically make an initial equity award of stock options to new executive officers when they join us. Our compensation committee approves all equity incentive awards to our executive officers, except that equity incentive awards to our chief executive officer are approved by the board of directors. Typically, these initial stock option awards to our executive officers vest 25% at the end of the first year and in equal quarterly installments over the succeeding three years. This vesting schedule is consistent with the vesting of stock options granted to our other employees.
In conjunction with becoming our chief executive officer in February 2005, Mr. Bulens received an initial option to purchase 6,975,406 shares of our common stock. In October 2005, we granted Mr. Bulens an additional option to purchase 1,743,855 shares of our common stock. The stock option granted to Mr. Bulens in October 2005 will vest in full on March 31, 2009, and was subject to accelerated vesting in the event we achieved profitability over a six-month period. On March 5, 2007, the board of directors determined that this corporate performance measure had been met and, as a result, the vesting of this option accelerated by 50% and the remaining portion of this option vests at the rate of 2.083% per month.
In conjunction with becoming our executive vice president of worldwide field operations in March 2007, Mr. Bowman received an initial option to purchase 3,302,029 shares of our common stock. On March 5, 2007, we granted to Mr. Bowman an additional option to purchase 471,718 shares of our common stock. The stock option granted to Mr. Bowman on March 5, 2007 will vest in full on March 5, 2012, and is subject to accelerated vesting if we meet or exceed specified revenue and gross margin goals for 2007. Upon satisfaction of these corporate performance measures, which have not been satisfied to date, the vesting of this option will accelerate by 2.083% for each month between March 5, 2007 and the date the corporate performance measures are satisfied, and thereafter the option will continue to vest at the rate of 2.083% per month.
From time to time, in the discretion of our compensation committee, we also make additional equity incentive awards to our executive officers as part of our overall compensation program and consistent with our executive compensation objectives.
We have historically granted stock options at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of shares of our common stock on the date of grant as determined by our board of directors. Historically, the board of directors determined the fair market value of shares of our common stock based on a number of factors, with an emphasis on the implied price of shares of our common stock as suggested by the purchase price of shares of our preferred stock issued in third-party financings. After the closing of this offering, the exercise price of all stock options will be equal to the closing price of shares of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market on the date of grant. Options are generally granted in conjunction with regularly scheduled meetings of the board or compensation committee. We do not have a program, plan or practice of selecting grant dates for equity incentive awards to our executive officers in coordination with the release of material non-public information.
Insurance and other employee benefits. We maintain broad-based benefits that are provided to all employees, including our 401(k), flexible spending accounts, medical, dental and vision care
82
plans, and our life and accidental death and dismemberment insurance policies, long-term and short-term disability plans, employee assistance program, vacation and standard company holidays. Executive officers are eligible to participate in each of these programs on the same terms as non-executive employees. We do not currently provide an employer match under our 401(k) plan. We do not provide any retirement benefits separate from employees' ability to fund their own 401(k) investments.
Severance and change-of-control benefits. In September 2007, the compensation committee recommended, and our board approved, new severance and change-of-control arrangements for our executive officers. Upon an acquisition of our company, all of our restricted stock and option holders, including our executive officers, receive one year of accelerated vesting. In addition, pursuant to the new severance and change-of-control agreements with each of our executive officers that will become effective prior to the closing of this offering, if an executive officer is terminated without "cause" or resigns for "good reason" following a "change of control" of our company, as such terms are defined in the agreements with our executive officers, the executive officer's restricted stock and options will immediately vest in full. Our executive officers will also receive severance consisting of the continuation of base salary and health and welfare benefits for a period of one year, or in the case of our chief executive officer, 18 months. Additionally, each executive officer other than our chief executive officer will receive a lump sum payment equal to his or her target bonus payment for the full year in which the termination occurs, plus his or her target bonus payment prorated to the date of termination. In the case of our chief executive officer, he will receive a lump sum payment equal to 150% of his or her target bonus payment for the full year in which the termination occurs, plus 150% of his or her target bonus payment prorated to the date of termination. For more information about the potential payments payable under these agreements, see "— Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control" below.
For purposes of the severance and change-of-control agreements with our executive officers, "cause" means:
"Good reason" means, without the executive's express written consent, and upon our failure to remedy within 30 days of written notice by the executive:
83
nature of the person or persons to whom the executive reports on a regular basis shall not, in and of itself, be deemed a material reduction or diminution in the executive's position, authority or responsibilities.
"Change-of-control" means (a) any merger, consolidation or purchase of our outstanding capital stock after which our voting securities outstanding immediately prior thereto represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than 50% of the combined voting power of our voting securities of or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding immediately after such event, or (b) any sale of all or substantially all of our assets (other than in a spin-off or similar transaction). Under the severance and change-of-control agreements, the term "change-of-control" excludes any such transaction in which the consideration received or retained by the holders of our then outstanding capital stock does not consist of (i) cash or cash equivalent consideration, (ii) securities that are registered under the Securities Act, and/or (iii) securities for which we or any other issuer thereof has agreed to file a registration statement within 90 days of completion of the transaction for resale to the public pursuant to the Securities Act.
In developing its recommendations regarding our severance and change-of-control arrangements, the compensation committee considered similar arrangements of those companies in our peer group, and aimed to set our arrangements so that they are generally in line with those provided to executive officers in our peer group. We believe these benefits help us compete for and retain executive talent. We generally structure our executive officer change-of-control benefits as "double trigger" benefits, as described above, so that a change of control by itself does not trigger the benefits. We believe this double trigger mechanism maximizes stockholder value because it prevents unintended windfalls to executive officers in the event of a friendly change of control, while providing appropriate incentives to our executive officer to help negotiate a change of control in which they believe they may lose their jobs.
Tax Considerations
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which will become applicable to us upon the closing of this offering, generally disallows a tax deduction for compensation in excess of $1.0 million paid to our chief executive officer and our four other most highly paid executive officers. Qualifying performance-based compensation is not subject to the deduction limitation if specified requirements are met. We periodically review the potential consequences of Section 162(m) and we generally intend to structure the performance-based portion of our executive compensation, where feasible, to comply with exemptions in Section 162(m) so that the compensation remains tax deductible to us. However, our compensation committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.
84
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned by our chief executive officer, our former chief financial officer and each of our four other most highly compensated executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2006. We refer to these executive officers as our "named executive officers" elsewhere in this prospectus. Mr. Haak joined us as chief financial officer on January 2, 2007 and Mr. Bowman joined us as executive vice president of worldwide field operations on March 5, 2007.
Name and Principal Position |
Salary ($) |
Option Awards ($) |
Non-Equity Incentive Plan ($)(1) |
All Other Compensation ($) |
Total ($) |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Donald P. Bulens President and Chief Executive Officer |
200,000 | 290,498(2 | ) | 151,050 | 84(3 | ) | 641,632 | |||
Peter C. Hayden Executive Vice President of Product Operations |
175,000 |
92,090(2 |
) |
70,490 |
84(3 |
) |
337,664 |
|||
Paula A. Long(4) Vice President of Products and Strategy |
163,125 |
115,253(2 |
) |
70,490 |
84(3 |
) |
348,952 |
|||
John P. Joseph Vice President of Marketing |
163,125 |
20,373(2 |
) |
70,490 |
84(3 |
) |
254,072 |
|||
Stephen Peabody(5) Former Vice President of Worldwide Sales |
160,000 |
51,467(2 |
) |
55,778 |
263,177 |
(6) |
530,422 |
|||
Paul Bernard(7) Former Chief Financial Officer |
86,667 |
149,792(8 |
) |
— |
85,025(9 |
) |
321,484 |
85
amount is $290,498 for Mr. Bulens, $0 for Mr. Hayden, $23,007 for Ms. Long, $19,123 for Mr. Joseph, $38,257 for Mr. Peabody and $12,359 for Mr. Bernard.
Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2006
The following table sets forth information regarding grants of compensation in the form of plan-based awards during the year ended December 31, 2006 to our named executive officers.
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1) |
All Other Stock Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options |
Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/share) (2) |
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
Grant Date Fair Value of Option Awards ($)(3) |
||||||||||||
Name |
Grant Date |
Threshold ($) |
Target ($) |
Maximum ($) |
||||||||||
Donald P. Bulens | — | — | 150,000 | 300,000 | — | — | — | |||||||
Peter C. Hayden |
3/23/2006 — |
— — |
— 70,000 |
— 119,000 |
1,000,000 — |
0.81 — |
359,100 — |
|||||||
Paula A. Long |
3/23/2006 — |
— — |
— 65,250 |
— 110,925 |
1,000,000 — |
0.81 — |
359,100 — |
|||||||
John P. Joseph |
12/14/2006 — |
— — |
— 65,250 |
— 110,925 |
250,000 — |
0.88 — |
111,825 — |
|||||||
Stephen Peabody(4) |
3/23/2006 |
— |
60,000 |
60,000 |
100,000 |
0.81 |
35,910 |
|||||||
Paul Bernard(5) |
— |
— |
64,000 |
108,800 |
— |
— |
— |
86
grants are set forth in Note 2 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies — Stock-Based Compensation to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Year End
The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding stock options held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2006.
|
Option Awards |
Stock Awards |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) |
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) |
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
Number of Shares of Stock That Have Not Vested |
Market Value of Shares of Stock That Have Not Vested |
|||||||||
Name |
Option Exercise Price |
Option Expiration Date |
|||||||||||
Exercisable |
Unexercisable |
||||||||||||
Donald P. Bulens | 2,997,037 — |
3,778,369(1 1,743,855(2 |
) ) |
0.14 0.27 |
3/23/2015 10/1/2015 |
— — |
— — |
||||||
Peter C. Hayden |
249,996 |
750,004(3 |
) |
0.81 |
3/23/2016 |
— |
— |
||||||
Paula A. Long |
250,000 581,292 249,996 |
— — 750,004(3 |
) |
0.09 0.14 0.81 |
4/30/2012 3/23/2015 3/23/2016 |
— — — |
— — — |
||||||
John P. Joseph |
283,266 — |
260,610(4 250,000(5 |
) ) |
0.14 0.88 |
11/11/2014 12/14/2016 |
— — |
— — |
||||||
Stephen Peabody(6) |
361,390 70,822 58,324 37,494 |
332,486(7 29,178(9 41,676(9 62,506(9 |
) ) ) ) |
0.14 0.14 0.27 0.81 |
11/11/2014 7/21/2015 10/20/2015 3/23/2016 |
43,758(8 — — — |
) |
$ |
38,507 — — — |
||||
Paul Bernard(10) |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
— |
87
Option Exercises and Stock Vested
The following table sets forth information regarding options exercised by our named executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2006.
|
Option Awards |
Stock Awards |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name |
Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise (#) |
Value Realized on Exercise ($) |
Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#) |
Value Realized on Vesting ($) |
||||||
Donald P. Bulens | 200,000 | (1) | 26,000 | (2) | — | — | ||||
Peter C. Hayden |
542,780 |
(3) |
130,267 |
(4) |
— |
— |
||||
Paula A. Long |
— |
— |
— |
— |
||||||
John P. Joseph |
— |
— |
— |
— |
||||||
Stephen Peabody(5) |
— |
— |
43,758 |
$ |
38,507 |
(6) |
||||
Paul Bernard(7) |
1,262,422 |
(8) |
1,017,817 |
(9) |
— |
— |
88
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control
The table below summarizes the potential payments to each of our named executive officers if he or she were to be terminated without cause or resign for good reason following a sale of our company on December 31, 2006, the last day of our most recently completed year.
Name |
Severance Payments |
Medical/Welfare Benefits(1) |
Value of Additional Vested Option and Restricted Stock Awards(2) |
Total Benefits |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Donald P. Bulens | $ | 50,000 | $ | 4,711 | $ | (3 | ) | $ | ||||
Peter C. Hayden | 43,750 | 4,711 | (4 | ) | ||||||||
Paula A. Long | 40,781 | 4,711 | (4 | ) | ||||||||
John P. Joseph | 40,781 | 4,351 | (4 | ) | ||||||||
Stephen Peabody(5) | 40,000 | 319 | (6 | ) | ||||||||
Paul Bernard(7) | — | — | (6 | ) |
89
We do not have formal employment agreements with any of our named executive officers. The initial compensation of each of our named executive officer was set forth in an offer letter that we executed with each of them at the time their employment with us commenced. Each offer letter provides that the executive officer's employment with us is on an at-will basis. As a condition to his or her employment, each named executive officer entered into a non-competition, non-solicitation agreement, proprietary information and inventions agreement. Under these agreements, each named executive officer has agreed (1) not to compete with us or to solicit our employees during their employment and for a period of 12 months after the termination of their employment and (2) to protect our confidential and proprietary information and to assign intellectual property developed during the course of their employment to us.
Stock Option and Other Compensation Plans
2001 Stock Plan
Our 2001 stock plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in July 2001. A maximum of 60,819,716 shares of our common stock are authorized for issuance under the 2001 stock plan.
The 2001 stock plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options and stock awards and for the opportunity to make direct purchases of shares of our common stock, which we refer to as purchases. Our employees, officers, directors and consultants are eligible to receive awards under the 2001 stock plan; however, incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. In accordance with the terms of the 2001 stock plan, our board of directors, or a committee appointed by our board of directors, administers the 2001 stock plan and, subject to any limitations in the 2001 stock plan, selects the recipients of awards and determines:
Pursuant to the terms of the 2001 stock plan, in the event of a proposed liquidation or dissolution of our company, all unexercised options will terminate immediately prior to the liquidation or dissolution, or at such other time and subject to such other conditions as shall be determined by our board of directors. In the event of a reorganization or recapitalization other than a liquidation or dissolution pursuant to which our securities or those of another corporation are issued with respect to our outstanding shares of common stock, upon exercising an option, an option holder shall be entitled to receive the securities he or she would have received if he or she had exercised such option prior to the event.
Pursuant to the terms of the 2001 stock plan, in the event of our merger or consolidation with or into another entity pursuant to which the holders of our outstanding shares of common stock immediately following such event represent less than a majority of the common stock of the
90
surviving or successor entity, or in the event of a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, our board of directors shall do one of the following:
Our board of directors may appropriately adjust any stock award granted under the 2001 stock plan in connection with the sale of all or substantially all of our assets or any consolidation, merger, recapitalization or reorganization event.
Upon an acquisition of our company, the vesting of all outstanding stock awards under the 2001 stock plan, including awards held by our executive officers, will be accelerated by one year.
As of June 30, 2007, there were options to purchase 31,642,732 shares of our common stock outstanding under the 2001 stock plan at a weighted average exercise price of $0.65 per share, and 7,583,468 shares of common stock had been issued pursuant to the exercise of options granted under the stock plan. After the effective date of the 2007 stock incentive plan described below, we will grant no further stock options or other awards under the 2001 stock plan. However, any shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under the 2001 stock plan that remain available for issuance and any shares of our common stock subject to awards under the 2001 stock plan that expire, terminate, or are otherwise surrendered, canceled, forfeited or repurchased by us will be added to the number of shares available under the 2007 stock incentive plan up to a specified number of shares.
2007 Stock Incentive Plan
Our 2007 stock incentive plan, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering was adopted by our board of directors in September 2007 and approved by our stockholders in 2007. The 2007 stock incentive plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, restricted stock awards and other stock-based awards. Upon effectiveness of the plan, the number of shares of our common stock that will be reserved for issuance under the 2007 stock incentive plan will be the sum of 10,000,000 shares plus the number of shares of our common stock then available for issuance under the 2001 stock plan and the number of shares of our common stock subject to awards granted under the 2001 stock plan which expire, terminate or are otherwise surrendered, cancelled, forfeited or repurchased by us at their original issuance price pursuant to a contractual repurchase right, up to a maximum of 20,000,000 shares.
In addition, our 2007 stock incentive plan contains an "evergreen" provision that allows for an annual increase in the number of shares available for issuance under our 2007 stock incentive plan on the first day of each year ending from 2008 through 2017. The annual increase in the number of shares shall be equal to the lowest of:
91
Our employees, officers, directors, consultants and advisors are eligible to receive awards under our 2007 stock incentive plan; however, incentive stock options may only be granted to our employees. The maximum number of shares of our common stock with respect to which awards may be granted to any participant under the plan is 10,000,000 per calendar year.
In accordance with the terms of the 2007 stock incentive plan, our board of directors has authorized our compensation committee to administer the 2007 stock incentive plan. Pursuant to the terms of the 2007 stock incentive plan, our compensation committee will select the recipients of awards and determine:
If our board of directors delegates authority to an executive officer to grant awards under the 2007 stock incentive plan, the executive officer has the power to make awards to all of our employees, except executive officers. Our board of directors will fix the terms of the awards to be granted by such executive officer, including the exercise price of such awards, and the maximum number of shares subject to awards that such executive officer may make.
Upon a merger or other reorganization event, our board of directors, may, in their sole discretion, take any one or more of the following actions pursuant to our 2007 stock incentive plan, as to some or all outstanding awards:
92
Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event other than a liquidation or dissolution, the repurchase and other rights under each outstanding restricted stock award will continue for the benefit of the successor company and will, unless the board of directors may otherwise determine, apply to the cash, securities or other property into which shares of our common stock are converted pursuant to the reorganization event. Upon the occurrence of a reorganization event involving a liquidation or dissolution, all conditions on each outstanding restricted stock award will automatically be deemed terminated or satisfied, unless otherwise provided in the agreement evidencing the restricted stock award.
No award may be granted under the 2007 stock incentive plan on or after September 24, 2017. Our board of directors may amend, suspend or terminate the 2007 stock incentive plan at any time, except that stockholder approval will be required to comply with applicable law or stock market requirements.
401(k) Retirement Plan
We maintain a 401(k) retirement plan that is intended to be a tax-qualified defined contribution plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. In general, all of our employees are eligible to participate, subject to a 90-day waiting period. The 401(k) plan includes a salary deferral arrangement pursuant to which participants may elect to reduce their current compensation by up to the statutorily prescribed limit, equal to $15,500 in 2007, and have the amount of the reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. We are permitted to match employees' 401(k) plan contributions, however, we do not currently do so.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification
As permitted by Delaware law, we have adopted provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, both of which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws limit the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
These limitations do not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies, including injunctive relief or rescission. If Delaware law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limiting of a director, then the liability of our directors will be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law as so amended.
As permitted by Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering also provide that:
93
The indemnification provisions contained in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering are not exclusive.
In addition to the indemnification provided for in our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, prior to the closing of this offering we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. Each indemnification agreement will provide that we will indemnify the director or executive officer to the fullest extent permitted by law for claims arising in his or her capacity as our director, officer, employee or agent, provided that he or she acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that his or her conduct was unlawful. In the event that we do not assume the defense of a claim against a director or executive officer, we are required to advance his or her expenses in connection with his or her defense, provided that he or she undertakes to repay all amounts advanced if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified by us.
We believe that these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive officers. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the opinion of the SEC is that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
In addition, we maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided to our directors and officers against losses rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and to us with respect to payments which may be made by us to such directors and officers pursuant to the above indemnification provisions or otherwise as a matter of law.
Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans
Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from the director or officer. The director or officer may amend or terminate the plan in some circumstances. Our directors and executive officers may also buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material, nonpublic information.
94
Since January 1, 2004, we have engaged in the following transactions with our directors, executive officers and holders of more than 5% of our voting securities, and affiliates of our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders. We believe that all of the transactions described below were made on terms no less favorable to us than could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
Stock Issuances
In June 2004, we issued an aggregate of 36,710,720 shares of our series C convertible preferred stock at a price of $0.5448 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $20,000,000. The table below sets forth the number of series C shares sold to our directors, executive officers and 5% stockholders and their affiliates:
Name |
Number of Shares |
Purchase Price |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Affiliates of Charles River Ventures | 8,715,099 | $ | 4,747,986 | ||
Affiliates of Focus Ventures II, L.P. | 14,684,288 | $ | 8,000,000 | ||
Affiliates of Sigma Partners 6, L.P. | 8,630,165 | $ | 4,701,714 | ||
Toronto Dominion Capital (U.S.A.), Inc. | 4,681,168 | $ | 2,550,300 |
Registration Rights
The holders of shares of our outstanding convertible preferred stock have the right to demand that we file a registration statement and these holders and holders of our warrants have the right to request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing. These rights are provided under the terms of an investor rights agreement we entered into on June 18, 2004 with these holders, which include holders of more than 5% of our voting securities and their affiliates, and one of our directors.
For a more detailed description of these registration rights, see "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights."
Indemnification
Our restated certificate of incorporation that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering provides that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, we have entered, and expect to enter in the future, into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader in scope that the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. For more information regarding these agreements, see "Management — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification."
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
We have adopted a written related person transaction policy to set forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions. This policy covers any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were or are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness, and employment by us of a related person.
95
Any related person transaction proposed to be entered into by us must be reported to our general counsel and will be reviewed and approved by the audit committee in accordance with the terms of the policy, prior to effectiveness or consummation of the transaction, whenever practicable. If our general counsel determines that advance approval of a related person transaction is not practicable under the circumstances, the audit committee will review and, in its discretion, may ratify the related person transaction at the next meeting of the audit committee, or at the next meeting following the date that the related person transaction comes to the attention of our general counsel. Our general counsel, however, may present a related person transaction arising in the time period between meetings of the audit committee to the chair of the audit committee, who will review and may approve the related person transaction, subject to ratification by the audit committee at the next meeting of the audit committee.
In addition, any related person transaction previously approved by the audit committee or otherwise already existing that is ongoing in nature will be reviewed by the audit committee annually to ensure that such related person transaction has been conducted in accordance with the previous approval granted by the audit committee, if any, and that all required disclosures regarding the related person transaction are made.
Transactions involving compensation of executive officers will be reviewed and approved by the compensation committee in the manner specified in the charter of the compensation committee.
A related person transaction reviewed under this policy will be considered approved or ratified if it is authorized by the audit committee in accordance with the standards set forth in this policy after full disclosure of the related person's interests in the transaction. As appropriate for the circumstances, the audit committee will review and consider:
The audit committee will review all relevant information available to it about the related person transaction. The audit committee may approve or ratify the related person transaction only if the audit committee determines that, under all of the circumstances, the transaction is in or is not inconsistent with our best interests. The audit committee may, in its sole discretion, impose conditions as it deems appropriate on us or the related person in connection with approval of the related person transaction.
96
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock as of August 31, 2007, by:
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities and include shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days after August 31, 2007. Except as otherwise indicated, all of the shares reflected in the table are shares of our common stock and all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.
Percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership prior to this offering are based on 156,691,565 shares outstanding as of August 31, 2007, assuming the automatic conversion of all shares of our outstanding convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock. Percentage ownership calculations for beneficial ownership after this offering also include the shares we are offering hereby. Except as otherwise indicated in the table below, addresses of named beneficial owners are in care of EqualLogic, Inc, 110 Spit Brook Road, Building ZKO2, Nashua, NH 03062.
In computing the number of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, we deemed outstanding shares of our common stock subject to options held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of August 31, 2007. We did not deem these shares outstanding, however, for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Beneficial ownership representing less than 1% is denoted with an asterisk (*).
|
Shares Beneficially Owned Prior to Offering |
|
Shares Beneficially Owned After Offering |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner |
Shares Offered |
||||||||||
Number |
Percentage |
Number |
Percentage |
||||||||
5% Stockholders | |||||||||||
Charles River Partnership XI, LP and affiliated entities(1) | 46,927,840 | 29.9 | |||||||||
Focus Ventures II, L.P.(2) | 14,897,368 | 9.5 | |||||||||
Sigma Partners 6, L.P.(3) | 45,495,323 | 29.0 | |||||||||
Toronto Dominion Capital (U.S.A.), Inc.(4) | 25,251,085 | 16.1 | |||||||||
97
Officers and Directors |
|||||||||||
Donald P. Bulens(5) | 5,630,964 | 3.5 | |||||||||
Richard S. Haak, Jr. | — | — | |||||||||
Paula A. Long(6) | 4,059,618 | 2.6 | |||||||||
Peter C. Hayden(7) | 3,981,106 | 2.5 | |||||||||
Kirk D. Bowman(8) | 481,538 | * | |||||||||
Timothy B. Yeaton | — | — | |||||||||
Christopher Baldwin(9) | 46,927,840 | 29.9 | |||||||||
Michael A. Brown | 1,040,806 | * | |||||||||
Edwin J. Gillis(10) | 385,236 | * | |||||||||
Gregory C. Gretsch(11) | 45,495,323 | 29.0 | |||||||||
Richard S. Grinnell(12) | 25,251,085 | 16.1 | |||||||||
All current executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)(13) | 133,253,516 | 81.1 |
98
Partners except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein, if any. Sigma Partners 6, LP's address is 1600 Camino Real, Suite 280, Menlo Park, California 94025.
99
General
Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 250,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, all of which preferred stock will be undesignated.
The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are summaries and are qualified by reference to the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws that will be in effect the closing of this offering. Copies of these documents have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part. The descriptions of our common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.
Common Stock
As of June 30, 2007, there were 156,373,029 shares of our common stock outstanding, held of record by 152 stockholders, assuming the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock.
The holders of shares of our common stock are generally entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders and do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive proportionally any dividends declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any preferential dividend or other rights of any then outstanding preferred stock.
In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any then outstanding preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. All outstanding shares of our common stock are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future.
Preferred Stock
Under the terms of our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors is authorized to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series without stockholder approval. Our board of directors has the discretion to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, including voting rights, dividend rights, conversion rights, redemption privileges and liquidation preferences, of each series of preferred stock, any or all of which may be greater than or senior to the rights of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and reduce the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments or payments on liquidation. In certain circumstances, an issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock.
Authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences has the effect of eliminating delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions, future financings and other corporate purposes, could have the effect of making it
100
more difficult for a third party to acquire, or could discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, a majority of our outstanding voting stock. Upon the closing of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Options
As of June 30, 2007, options to purchase 31,642,732 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.65 per share were outstanding.
Registration Rights
We have entered into an investor rights agreement with the holders of shares of our convertible preferred stock and warrants. After the closing of this offering and the sale by the selling stockholders of the shares offered by them hereby, holders of a total of shares of our common stock that are issued and outstanding or issuable upon exercise of outstanding warrants will have the right to require us to register these shares under the Securities Act under specific circumstances. After registration pursuant to these rights, these shares will become freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act. The following description of the terms of the investor rights agreement is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the investor rights agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Demand Registration Rights. The holders of at least 20% of our shares of common stock having registration rights may demand that we register under the Securities Act all or portion of their shares having an aggregate offering price of at least $5,000,000 based on the public market price of shares of our common stock; provided, however, that we are required to effect no more than two registrations. In addition, once we are eligible to use Form S-3, the holders will have the right to request that we register on Form S-3, no more than twice in any 12-month period, all or a portion of the registrable shares held by them having an aggregate offering price of at least $2,000,000 based on the public market price of shares of our common stock.
Incidental Registration Rights. If at any time we propose to register shares of our common stock under the Securities Act, other than on a registration statement on Form S-4 or S-8, the holders of registrable shares will be entitled to notice of the registration and, subject to certain exceptions, have the right to require us to register all or a portion of the registrable shares then held by them.
In the event that any registration in which the holders of registrable shares participate pursuant to the investor rights agreement is an underwritten public offering, the number of registrable shares to be included may, in specified circumstances, be limited due to market conditions.
Pursuant to the investor rights agreement, we are required to pay all registration expenses and indemnify each participating holder with respect to each registration of registrable shares that is effected.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Charter and Bylaws and Delaware Law
Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another party from acquiring control of us. These provisions, which are summarized below, are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors.
101
Removal of Directors
Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provide that a director may be removed only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock. Any vacancy on our board of directors, including a vacancy resulting from an enlargement of our board of directors, may be filled only by vote of a majority of our directors then in office.
The limitations on the removal of directors and filling of vacancies could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third party from seeking to acquire, control of our company.
Stockholder Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of such holders and may not be effected by any consent in writing by such holders. Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws that will become effective upon the closing of this offering also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of our stockholders can only be called by our chairman of the board, our chief executive officer or our board of directors.
Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals
Our restated bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form to our secretary of the stockholder's intention to bring such business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.
Delaware Business Combination Statute
We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Subject to certain exceptions, Section 203 prevents a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with any "interested stockholder" for three years following the date that the person became an interested stockholder, unless the interested stockholder attained such status with the approval of our board of directors or unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A "business combination" includes, among other things, a merger or consolidation involving us and the "interested stockholder" and the sale of more than 10% of our assets. In general, an "interested stockholder" is any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.
Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
The General Corporation Law of Delaware provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our restated bylaws may be amended or repealed by a majority vote of our board of directors or by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any election of directors. In addition,
102
the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes which all our stockholders would be entitled to cast in any election of directors is required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provisions inconsistent with any of the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above under "— Removal of Directors" and "— Stockholder Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings."
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering limits the personal liability of directors for breach of fiduciary duty to the maximum extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our restated certificate of incorporation also provides that no director will have personal liability to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty or other duty as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of any of our directors:
Any amendment to or repeal of these provisions will not eliminate or reduce the effect of these provisions in respect of any act or failure to act, or any cause of action, suit or claim that would accrue or arise prior to any amendment or repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to provide for further limitations on the personal liability of directors of corporations, then the personal liability of our directors will be further limited to the greatest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.
In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers and we must advance expenses, including attorneys' fees, to our directors and officers in connection with legal proceedings, subject to limited exceptions.
Authorized but Unissued Shares
The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval, subject to any limitations imposed by the listing standards of The Nasdaq Global Market. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate finance transactions, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved common stock and preferred stock could make it more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
Upon the closing of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for shares of our common stock will be Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
Nasdaq Global Market
We have applied to have shares of our common stock listed on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "EQLX."
103
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our shares of common stock, and a liquid public trading market for our shares of common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of significant amounts of our shares of common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants or in the public market after this offering, or the anticipation of those sales, could adversely affect public market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities. We have applied to have our shares of common stock listed on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "EQLX."
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding shares of our common stock, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, the shares of our common stock to be sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All remaining shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders will be restricted securities as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Substantially all of these restricted securities will be subject to the lock-up agreements described below. After the expiration of the lock-up agreements, these restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act.
Date |
Number of Shares |
|
---|---|---|
On the date of this prospectus | ||
Between 90 and 180 days after the date of this prospectus | ||
At various times beginning more than 180 days after the date of this prospectus |
In addition, of the 31,642,732 shares of our common stock that were outstanding as of June 30, 2007, there were 12,570,629 vested options of our common stock, and the shares issuable upon exercise of these options will be eligible for sale 180 days following the effective date of this offering.
Rule 144
In general and subject to the lock-up agreements described below, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed:
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Upon expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described below, shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144, excluding shares eligible for resale under Rule 144(k) described below. We cannot estimate the number of shares of our common stock that our existing stockholders will elect to sell under Rule 144.
104
Rule 144(k)
Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, shares of our common stock eligible for sale under Rule 144(k) may be sold immediately upon the closing of this offering. In general, under Rule 144(k), a person may sell shares of our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to manner of sale, the availability of public information about us or volume, if:
Upon the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described below, approximately shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale under Rule 144(k).
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell those shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with the various restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144. Subject to the 180-day lock-up period described below, approximately shares of our common stock will be eligible for sale in accordance with Rule 701.
Lock-up Agreements
Our officers and directors and the holders of substantially all of our outstanding shares of common stock have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock for a period through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, as modified as described below, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC on behalf of the underwriters.
The 180-day restricted period will be automatically extended or reduced under the following circumstances: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, if we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event, the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, if we announce that we will release earnings results or other material news during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or other material news.
Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC currently do not anticipate shortening or waiving any of the lock-up agreements and do not have any pre-established conditions for such modifications or waivers. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC may, however, with the approval of our board of directors, release for sale in the public market all or any portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreement.
105
Stock Options and Warrants
As of June 30, 2007, we had outstanding options to purchase 31,642,732 shares of our common stock, of which options to purchase 12,570,629 shares of our common stock were vested as of June 30, 2007. Following this offering, we intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of our common stock subject to outstanding options and options and other awards issuable pursuant to our 2001 stock plan and 2007 stock incentive plan. As of June 30, 2007, we also had outstanding and exercisable warrants to purchase 105,841 shares of our common stock.
106
EqualLogic, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are the joint book-running managers and representatives of the underwriters.
Underwriters |
Number of Shares |
||
---|---|---|---|
Goldman, Sachs & Co. | |||
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC | |||
RBC Capital Markets Corporation | |||
Pacific Crest Securities Inc. | |||
Canaccord Adams Inc. | |||
Total | |||
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.
If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional shares from EqualLogic and the selling stockholders to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.
The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by EqualLogic and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.
Paid by EqualLogic |
No Exercise |
Full Exercise |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Per Share | $ | $ | ||||
Total | $ | $ |
Paid by the Selling Stockholders |
No Exercise |
Full Exercise |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Per Share | $ | $ | ||||
Total | $ | $ |
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $ per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.
We currently anticipate that we will undertake a directed share program, pursuant to which we will direct the underwriters to reserve up to shares of common stock for sale at the initial public offering price to employees, other than officers. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public in the public offering will be reduced to the extent these persons purchase any reserved shares. Any shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as other shares offered hereby.
107
EqualLogic, its officers and directors, and holders of substantially all of the outstanding shares of its common stock, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, file or cause to be filed any registration statement covering shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, or publicly disclose to do any of the foregoing restricted activities, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, on behalf of the underwriters. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period EqualLogic issues an earnings release or announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, EqualLogic announces that it will release earnings results during the 15-day period following the last day of the 180-day period, in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event.
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among EqualLogic and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be EqualLogic historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of EqualLogic, an assessment of EqualLogic's management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.
An application has been made to quote the common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "EQLX."
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. "Covered" short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares from the EqualLogic in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. "Naked" short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the closing of this offering.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
108
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of EqualLogic' stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each of which is referred to as a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, referred to as the Relevant Implementation Date, it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of
109
the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.
EqualLogic estimates that the total expenses of the offering payable by it, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $ .
EqualLogic and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.
Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the company, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
110
We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data in this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research as well as from industry and general publications and research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. Industry publications, studies and surveys generally state that they have been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, although they do not guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information. While we believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable, we have not independently verified market and industry data from third-party sources. While we believe our internal company research is reliable and the market definitions are appropriate, neither such research nor these definitions have been verified by any independent source.
The data that we attribute to IDC may be found in IDC's Worldwide Disk Storage Systems 2007-2011 Forecast: Mature, But Still Growing and Changing, Document Number 206662, dated May 2007; Worldwide Disk Storage Systems 2006 Vendor Shares: Year in Review, Document Number 207789, dated August 2007; and Worldwide Disk Storage Systems 2006-2010 Forecast and Analysis: Expansion, Efficiency, and Economics Driving Growth, Document Number 201596, dated May 2006. The market share data that we attribute to Gartner may be found in Gartner's Market Share: External Controller-Based Disk Storage, Worldwide, 2003-2006, dated June 1, 2007, written by Roger Cox.
The validity of shares of our common stock being offered will be passed upon for us by Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. The underwriters are represented by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts in connection with certain legal matters related to this offering.
The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006 and for each of the three years during the period ended December 31, 2006 included in this Prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
111
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of our common stock to be sold in the offering. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not include all of the information contained in the registration statement and the exhibits, schedules and amendments to the registration statement. Some items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and shares of our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and to the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement filed as part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or any other document filed as an exhibit are not necessarily complete, and, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other documents filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of theses statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.
You may read and copy the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at the SEC's public reference room, which is located at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. You can request copies of the registration statement by writing to the SEC and paying a fee for the copying cost. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information about the operation of the SEC's public reference room. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet website, which is located at http://www.sec.gov, that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. You may access the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part at the SEC's Internet website.
Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the full informational and periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports containing consolidated financial statements certified by an independent registered public accounting firm. We also maintain a website at www.equallogic.com. Our website is not a part of this prospectus.
112
EqualLogic, Inc.
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
|
Page |
|
---|---|---|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
F-2 |
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets |
F-3 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations |
F-4 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit |
F-5 |
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows |
F-6 |
|
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements |
F-7 |
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of EqualLogic Inc:
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders deficit and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of EqualLogic, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2006 and December 31, 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2006 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
As discussed in Note 2 and Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for share-based compensation in 2006 and the manner in which it accounts for warrants to purchase redeemable instruments in 2005, respectively.
PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
April 30, 2007
F-2
EqualLogic, Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
December 31, |
|
|
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
June 30, 2007 |
Pro Forma as of June 30, 2007 |
|||||||||||||
|
2005 |
2006 |
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
(unaudited) |
|||||||||||
Assets | |||||||||||||||
Current assets | |||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents | $ | 8,061 | $ | 9,765 | $ | 15,557 | $ | 15,557 | |||||||
Accounts receivable, net | 8,132 | 16,866 | 22,417 | 22,417 | |||||||||||
Inventories | 4,365 | 7,373 | 7,549 | 7,549 | |||||||||||
Deferred product costs | 843 | 1,636 | 1,872 | 1,872 | |||||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets | 488 | 1,010 | 2,001 | 2,001 | |||||||||||
Restricted cash | 133 | — | — | — | |||||||||||
Total current assets | 22,022 | 36,650 | 49,396 | 49,396 | |||||||||||
Property and equipment, net | 1,297 | 2,882 | 5,995 | 5,995 | |||||||||||
Other assets | 60 | 60 | 110 | 110 | |||||||||||
Total assets | $ | 23,379 | $ | 39,592 | $ | 55,501 | $ | 55,501 | |||||||
Liabilities, Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) | |||||||||||||||
Current liabilities | |||||||||||||||
Current portion of capital lease obligation | $ | 6 | $ | 59 | $ | 18 | $ | 18 | |||||||
Accounts payable | 2,086 | 3,592 | 6,791 | 6,791 | |||||||||||
Accrued expenses | 3,782 | 6,860 | 10,374 | 10,374 | |||||||||||
Deferred revenue | 6,163 | 13,500 | 18,467 | 18,467 | |||||||||||
Total current liabilities | 12,037 | 24,011 | 35,650 | 35,650 | |||||||||||
Long-term deferred revenue | 2,705 | 6,387 | 10,160 | 10,160 | |||||||||||
Other liabilities | 54 | 58 | 725 | 527 | |||||||||||
Total liabilities | 14,796 | 30,456 | 46,535 | 46,337 | |||||||||||
Commitments and contingencies (Note 9) | |||||||||||||||
Convertible redeemable preferred stock | |||||||||||||||
Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock, $.01 par value; 36,710,720 shares authorized, issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $22,521, $24,323 and $25,296 at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and June 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively) | 22,504 | 24,313 | 25,290 | — | |||||||||||
Series B-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock, $.01 par value; 16,999,999 shares authorized, issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $5,967 $6,444 and $6,702 at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and June 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively) | 5,962 | 6,441 | 6,700 | — | |||||||||||
Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock; $.01 par value; 50,000,001 shares authorized, issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $18,610 $20,100 and $20,904 at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and June 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively) | 18,575 | 20,080 | 20,893 | — | |||||||||||
Series A-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock, $.01 par value; 3,333,334 shares authorized, issued and outstanding (at liquidation preference) | 3,000 | 3,000 | 3,000 | — | |||||||||||
Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock, $.01 par value; 10,055,556 shares authorized, 10,000,000 shares issued and outstanding (liquidation preference of $9,000 at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and June 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively) | 8,995 | 9,000 | 9,000 | — | |||||||||||
Total convertible redeemable preferred stock | 59,036 | 62,834 | 64,883 | — | |||||||||||
Stockholders' equity (deficit) | |||||||||||||||
Common stock, $.01 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized, 19,172,277, 21,660,525, 23,643,352 and 156,405,311 shares issued at December 31, 2005 and 2006, June 30, 2007(unaudited) and pro forma as of June 30, 2007 (unaudited); respectively | 192 | 217 | 236 | 1,564 | |||||||||||
Additional paid-in capital | — | — | — | 63,753 | |||||||||||
Treasury stock, 378,781, 5,720, 32,282 and 32,282 at cost, at December 31, 2005 and 2006, June 30, 2007 (unaudited) and pro forma as of June 30, 2007 (unaudited); respectively | (13 | ) | — | (16 | ) | (16 | ) | ||||||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income | — | 6 | 11 | 11 | |||||||||||
Accumulated deficit | (50,632 | ) | (53,921 | ) | (56,148 | ) | (56,148 | ) | |||||||
Total stockholders' equity (deficit) | (50,453 | ) | (53,698 | ) | (55,917 | ) | 9,164 | ||||||||
Total liabilities, convertible redeemable preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) | $ | 23,379 | $ | 39,592 | $ | 55,501 | $ | 55,501 | |||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements
F-3
EqualLogic, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
|
Year Ended December 31, |
Six Months Ended June 30, |
||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2006 |
2007 |
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||||
Revenue | ||||||||||||||||||
Product | $ | 9,822 | $ | 27,351 | $ | 59,944 | $ | 26,068 | $ | 45,637 | ||||||||
Services | 532 | 2,609 | 8,120 | 3,077 | 7,591 | |||||||||||||
Total revenue | 10,354 | 29,960 | 68,064 | 29,145 | 53,228 | |||||||||||||
Cost of revenue | ||||||||||||||||||
Product | 4,303 | 10,505 | 22,547 | 9,579 | 16,582 | |||||||||||||
Services | 917 | 2,364 | 3,477 | 1,547 | 2,640 | |||||||||||||
Total cost of revenue | 5,220 | 12,869 | 26,024 | 11,126 | 19,222 | |||||||||||||
Gross margin | 5,134 | 17,091 | 42,040 | 18,019 | 34,006 | |||||||||||||
Operating expenses | ||||||||||||||||||
Research and development | 7,753 | 9,666 | 10,814 | 5,226 | 6,815 | |||||||||||||
Selling and marketing | 7,228 | 14,204 | 26,577 | 11,251 | 25,503 | |||||||||||||
General and administrative | 2,447 | 3,020 | 5,348 | 2,184 | 3,291 | |||||||||||||
Total operating expenses | 17,428 | 26,890 | 42,739 | 18,661 | 35,609 | |||||||||||||
Loss from operations | (12,294 | ) | (9,799 | ) | (699 | ) | (642 | ) | (1,603 | ) | ||||||||
Other income (expense) | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense | (35 | ) | (14 | ) | (43 | ) | (39 | ) | (143 | ) | ||||||||
Interest income | 191 | 345 | 327 | 146 | 258 | |||||||||||||
Exchange loss | — | — | (44 | ) | (3 | ) | (29 | ) | ||||||||||
Loss before tax provision and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | (12,138 | ) | (9,468 | ) | (459 | ) | (538 | ) | (1,517 | ) | ||||||||
Income tax provision | — | — | — | — | (22 | ) | ||||||||||||
Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | (12,138 | ) | (9,468 | ) | (459 | ) | (538 | ) | (1,539 | ) | ||||||||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | — | 34 | — | — | — | |||||||||||||
Net loss | (12,138 | ) | (9,434 | ) | (459 | ) | (538 | ) | (1,539 | ) | ||||||||
Accretion to preferred stock | (2,570 | ) | (3,522 | ) | (3,798 | ) | (1,901 | ) | (2,048 | ) | ||||||||
Net loss attributable to common stockholders | $ | (14,708 | ) | $ | (12,956 | ) | $ | (4,257 | ) | $ | (2,439 | ) | $ | (3,587 | ) | |||
Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders | ||||||||||||||||||
Loss before cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | $ | (2.06 | ) | $ | (1.02 | ) | $ | (0.23 | ) | $ | (0.14 | ) | $ | (0.16 | ) | |||
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle | — | — | — | — | — | |||||||||||||
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted | $ | (2.06 | ) | $ | (1.02 | ) | $ | (0.23 | ) | $ | (0.14 | ) | $ | (0.16 | ) | |||
Weighted average common shares outstanding | 7,126,377 | 12,649,264 | 18,547,552 | 17,673,248 | 22,630,571 | |||||||||||||
Pro forma net loss per common share, basic and diluted (unaudited) | $ | (0.00 | ) | $ | (0.01 | ) | ||||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding (unaudited) | 151,309,511 | 155,392,530 | ||||||||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4
EqualLogic, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Deficit
(in thousands except for share amounts)
|
|
|
|
Treasury Stock |
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Common Stock |
|
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) |
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
Additional Paid-in Capital |
Accumulated Deficit |
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
Shares |
Amount |
Shares |
Amount |
Total |
||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2003 | 15,157,604 | $ | 152 | $ | — | (31,043 | ) | $ | (1 | ) | $ | — | $ | (23,145 | ) | $ | (22,994 | ) | |||||
Issuance of restricted common stock | 1,305,000 | 13 | 29 | 42 | |||||||||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options | 148,227 | 1 | 5 | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock | (108,334 | ) | (4 | ) | (4 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Compensation expense related to stock option issuances to nonemployees | 43 | 43 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Accretion to redemption value on convertible redeemable preferred stock | (77 | ) | (2,493 | ) | (2,570 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Net loss | (12,138 | ) | (12,138 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2004 | 16,610,831 | 166 | — | (139,377 | ) | (5 | ) | — | (37,776 | ) | (37,615 | ) | |||||||||||
Exercise of stock options | 2,561,446 | 26 | 88 | 114 | |||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock | (239,404 | ) | (8 | ) | (8 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Compensation expense related to stock option issuances to nonemployees | 53 | 53 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Accretion to redemption value on convertible redeemable preferred stock | (100 | ) | (3,422 | ) | (3,522 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Reclassification of preferred stock warrants to liability (Note 3) | (41 | ) | (41 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Net loss | (9,434 | ) | (9,434 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2005 | 19,172,277 | 192 | — | (378,781 | ) | (13 | ) | — | (50,632 | ) | (50,453 | ) | |||||||||||
Exercise of stock options | 2,872,614 | 29 | 270 | 299 | |||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock | (11,305 | ) | — | — | |||||||||||||||||||
Treasury stock retirement | (384,366 | ) | (4 | ) | (9 | ) | 384,366 | 13 | — | ||||||||||||||
Compensation expense related to stock option issuances to nonemployees | 143 | 143 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense | 564 | 564 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Accretion to redemption value on convertible redeemable preferred stock | (968 | ) | (2,830 | ) | (3,798 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Cumulative translation adjustment | 6 | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss | (459 | ) | (459 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance at December 31, 2006 |
21,660,525 |
217 |
— |
(5,720 |
) |
— |
6 |
(53,921 |
) |
(53,698 |
) |
||||||||||||
Exercise of stock options (unaudited) | 1,982,827 | 19 | 321 | 340 | |||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock (unaudited) | (26,562 | ) | (16 | ) | (16 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Compensation expense related to stock option issuances to nonemployees (unaudited) | 174 | 174 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense (unaudited) | 866 | 866 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Accretion to redemption value on convertible redeemable preferred stock (unaudited) | (1,361 | ) | (688 | ) | (2,049 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Cumulative translation adjustment (unaudited) | 5 | 5 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net loss (unaudited) | (1,539 | ) | (1,539 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Balance at June 30, 2007 (unaudited) | 23,643,352 | $ | 236 | $ | — | (32,282 | ) | $ | (16 | ) | $ | 11 | $ | (56,148 | ) | $ | (55,917 | ) | |||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
EqualLogic, Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
|
Year Ended December, 31 |
Six Months Ended June 30, |
|||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2006 |
2007 |
||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|||||||||||||||
Cash flows from operating activities | |||||||||||||||||||
Net loss | $ | (12,138 | ) | $ | (9,434 | ) | $ | (459 | ) | $ | (538 | ) | $ | (1,539 | ) | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities | |||||||||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense | 43 | 53 | 707 | 392 | 1,040 | ||||||||||||||
Provision for doubtful accounts (recovery) | 89 | 125 | 398 | 202 | (73 | ) | |||||||||||||
Provision for inventory obsolescence | 11 | 95 | 545 | 280 | 70 | ||||||||||||||
Noncash (income) expense related to warrants | — | (25 | ) | 41 | 38 | 140 | |||||||||||||
Lease incentive from lessor | 265 | — | — | — | 654 | ||||||||||||||
Amortization of deferred rent incentive | (45 | ) | (91 | ) | (90 | ) | (46 | ) | (56 | ) | |||||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 667 | 962 | 1,861 | 768 | 1,609 | ||||||||||||||
Loss on disposal of property and equipment | — | — | — | — | 138 | ||||||||||||||
Changes in assets and liabilities | |||||||||||||||||||
Increase in accounts receivable | (1,941 | ) | (5,837 | ) | (9,132 | ) | (3,617 | ) | (5,478 | ) | |||||||||
Increase in inventories | (1,394 | ) | (2,485 | ) | (3,739 | ) | (1,841 | ) | (439 | ) | |||||||||
Decrease (increase) in deferred product cost | 108 | (450 | ) | (793 | ) | (482 | ) | (236 | ) | ||||||||||
Increase in prepaid expenses and other assets | (153 | ) | (179 | ) | (522 | ) | (430 | ) | (1,041 | ) | |||||||||
Increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses | 1,363 | 3,216 | 4,637 | 991 | 6,642 | ||||||||||||||
Increase in deferred revenue | 1,243 | 6,142 | 11,019 | 5,156 | 8,740 | ||||||||||||||
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities | (11,882 | ) | (7,908 | ) | 4,473 | 873 | 10,171 | ||||||||||||
Cash flows from investing activities | |||||||||||||||||||
Purchases of property and equipment | (1,209 | ) | (1,180 | ) | (3,192 | ) | (1,284 | ) | (4,667 | ) | |||||||||
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash | (7 | ) | (25 | ) | 133 | 133 | — | ||||||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities | (1,216 | ) | (1,205 | ) | (3,059 | ) | (1,151 | ) | (4,667 | ) | |||||||||
Cash flows from financing activities | |||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock | 19,967 | — | — | — | — | ||||||||||||||
Proceeds from issuance of restricted common stock and from exercise of stock options | 48 | 114 | 299 | 77 | 340 | ||||||||||||||
Repurchase of common stock | (4 | ) | (8 | ) | — | — | (16 | ) | |||||||||||
Repayments on loan payable | (275 | ) | (90 | ) | — | — | — | ||||||||||||
Repayments on capital lease obligation | (55 | ) | (24 | ) | (15 | ) | (15 | ) | (42 | ) | |||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities | 19,681 | (8 | ) | 284 | 62 | 282 | |||||||||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents | — | — | 6 | 2 | 6 | ||||||||||||||
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents | 6,583 | (9,121 | ) | 1,704 | (214 | ) | 5,792 | ||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period | 10,599 | 17,182 | 8,061 | 8,061 | 9,765 | ||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period | $ | 17,182 | $ | 8,061 | $ | 9,765 | $ | 7,847 | $ | 15,557 | |||||||||
Supplemental cash flow information | |||||||||||||||||||
Cash paid for interest | $ | 35 | $ | 5 | $ | 2 | $ | 2 | $ | 3 | |||||||||
Taxes paid | $ | — | $ | 3 | $ | 2 | $ | 1 | $ | — |
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
1. Nature of the Business
EqualLogic, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated as a Delaware corporation on May 22, 2001. The Company designs, builds, markets and services Internet Protocol ("IP") based storage area networks (SANs) designed to simplify the way organizations store and protect information. The Company is based in Nashua, New Hampshire and sells its storage systems in North America, Europe, and Asia.
There are no concentrations of business transacted with a particular customer nor concentrations of sales from a particular market or geographic area that would severely impact our business in the near term. However, we currently rely on a limited number of suppliers for certain key components and several key contract manufacturers to manufacture most of our products; any disruption or termination of these arrangements could materially adversely affect our operating results.
For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006, the Company incurred net losses of $(12,138), $(9,434), and $(459), respectively. As of December 31, 2006, the Company had a net accumulated deficit of $(53,921) and cash and cash equivalents remaining of $9,765. The Company believes that its existing cash and cash equivalents and cash expected from operations will be sufficient to fund its operation through December 31, 2008.
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany items have been eliminated in consolidation. The Company has prepared the accompanying consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements
The consolidated financial statements and related notes of the Company as of June 30, 2007 and for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 are unaudited. Management believes the unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited, consolidated financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement of the financial position and results of operations in such periods. Results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2007 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ended December 31, 2007.
During the review of the Company's financial statements for the three months ended June 30, 2007, the Company identified certain accounting errors in its prior period financial statements that, individually and in aggregate, are not material to its financial statements taken as a whole for the current or any related prior periods. The errors were primarily related to health insurance costs that were recognized in the incorrect period, an overstatement of accounts payable and an overstatement of reserves for accounts receivable invoices.
For the six months ended June 30, 2007, the correction of accounting errors resulted in a $17 revenue increase and decreases of $97 in cost of revenue, $80 in research and development expense, $84 in sales and marketing expense, $199 in general and administrative expense and
F-7
$476 in net loss. If the errors were recorded in the periods during which they occurred, net loss would have decreased by $325 for the year ended December 31, 2006, $66 for the year ended December 31, 2005 and $85 for the year ended December 31, 2004 and prior.
Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation
The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of June 30, 2007 reflects the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Series A, Series A-1, Series B, Series B-1 and Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock into 132,761,959 shares of common stock, the automatic conversion of the Company's preferred stock warrants into common stock warrants and the elimination of accretion of accrued dividends upon the closing of the Company's proposed initial public offering.
Unaudited pro forma net loss per share is computed using the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, including the pro forma effects of automatic conversion of all outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of the Company's common stock effective upon the assumed closing of the Company's proposed initial public offering as if such conversion had occurred at the date of original issuance.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates these estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, warranty claims, allowance for doubtful accounts, write down of inventory to net realizable value, stock-based compensation and income taxes. The Company bases these estimates on historical and anticipated results and trends and on various other assumptions that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances, including assumptions as to future events. Changes in estimates are recorded in the period in which they become known. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Revenue Recognition
The Company derives revenue from the sale of its products and related support services primarily hardware and software maintenance. Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or determinable and collectibility of the related receivable is probable. The following summarizes the major terms of the Company's contractual relationships with end users and resellers and the manner in which these transactions are accounted.
The Company's product offerings include the sale of hardware with embedded propriety software. Revenue from these transactions is recognized upon shipment unless shipping terms or local laws do not allow the title and risk of loss to transfer at shipping point. In those cases, the Company defers revenue until title and risk of loss transfer to the customer. The Company does not customarily offer a right of return on its product sales, and any acceptance criteria is normally
F-8
based upon published specifications. If acceptance criteria are not based on published specifications with which the Company can ensure compliance, the Company defers revenue until acceptance has been confirmed or the right of return expires. The Company defers the cost of product shipped under arrangements where not all revenue recognition criteria have been met. The Company provides a 24 month standard hardware warranty. Customers may purchase a standard maintenance agreement providing enhanced hardware and software support services.
The Company recognizes revenue for multiple element arrangements using the residual method as allowed by Statement of Position 98-9, Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Recognition with Respect to Certain Transactions. Under this method, the Company allocates and defers revenue for undelivered elements, which are generally maintenance contracts, based on the fair value of the undelivered elements. The Company recognizes the difference between the total arrangement fee and the amount deferred for the undelivered elements as product revenue. The determination of fair value of the undelivered elements is based on the price charged when those elements are sold separately, which is referred to as vendor specific objective evidence of fair value ("VSOE").
The Company has established VSOE for maintenance contracts for all periods included in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company has not established VSOE for installation and training services.
The Company has established VSOE for the fair value of customer service agreements based on the renewal prices offered to and paid for these services. As a result, product revenue is generally recognized upon shipment, assuming all other criteria for recognition has been met. Where installation or training services are sold together with product and maintenance services, all revenue is deferred until the installation or training services are complete, and then revenue is recorded under the residual method.
The Company's services revenue consists of software and hardware maintenance, installation services and training. Installation is not considered essential to the functionality of the Company's products as this service does not customize or alter the product capabilities and is performed by customers or other vendors. Software and hardware maintenance revenue is recognized ratably over the contract period.
Shipping and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of product sales.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31, 2005 and 2006, cash equivalents were comprised of money market funds of $7,117 and $6,394, respectively, and $12,602 (unaudited) at June 30, 2007. These cash equivalents are carried at cost, which approximates fair value.
F-9
Restricted Cash
The restricted cash balance at December 31, 2005 represented collateral in the amount of $133, which was required to be held in the form of a certificate of deposit in accordance with a corporate credit card agreement. Upon signing the line of credit in January 2006, the certificate of deposit was no longer required per the agreement.
Financial Instruments
Financial instruments which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of money market funds and trade accounts receivable. The Company maintains money market funds with one banking institution, which management believes to have a high credit standing. The Company reviews credit evaluations of its customers but does not require collateral or other security to support customer receivables.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
The Company maintains allowances for doubtful accounts for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. Assessing the collectibility of customer receivables requires management judgment. The Company determines its allowance for doubtful accounts by specifically analyzing individual accounts receivable, historical bad debts, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness, current economic and accounts receivable aging trends, and changes in customer payment terms. Valuation reserves are periodically re-evaluated and adjusted as more information about the ultimate collectibility of accounts receivable becomes available. Provisions are recorded in general and administrative expenses. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $195, $524 and $352 at December 31, 2005 and 2006 and June 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively.
Concentration of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that expose the Company to credit risk consist of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. Cash and cash equivalents are maintained in accredited financial institutions of high credit standing.
Credit risk with respect to trade receivables is not concentrated due to the limited amount of large orders recorded in any particular reporting period. At December 31, 2005, the Company had one channel partner through which our product is resold to customers, which accounted for 11% of accounts receivable. At December 31, 2006, the Company had two channel partners who collectively accounted for approximately 20% of accounts receivable. At June 30, 2007, the Company had one channel partner that accounted for 12% of accounts receivable (unaudited).
The Company had one channel partner, through which our product is resold to customers that accounted for approximately 10% of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004. The Company had no customer or channel partner that accounted for more than 10% of revenue for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006. One channel partner accounted for 16% of revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2007 (unaudited).
F-10
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market value. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out basis and market value represents net realizable value. The Company assesses the valuation of inventory on a quarterly basis. Inventory that is determined to be excess or obsolete is written down to its estimated net realizable value.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Computer and laboratory and office equipment are depreciated over two years. Property and equipment held under capital leases and leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset. The cost and accumulated depreciation of fixed assets sold, retired or otherwise disposed of are removed from the accounts and the related gains or losses, if any, are reflected in income or loss for the period. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.
The Company accounts for operating lease incentive payments received from the lessor in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 13, Accounting for Leases ("SFAS 13"). Under SFAS 13 leasehold improvements made by a lessee that are funded by landlord incentives or allowances under an operating lease should be recorded by the lessee as leasehold improvement assets and amortized over the shorter of their economic lives or the lease term. The Company records landlord incentive received as deferred rent incentive and amortizes those amounts as reductions to lease expense over the lease term.
Accounting for Long-Lived Assets
The Company accounts for long-lived assets in accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets ("SFAS No. 144"). This statement establishes financial accounting and reporting standards for the impairment of long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles. The Company reviews long-lived assets whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be fully recoverable or that the useful lives of these assets are no longer appropriate.
Research and Development Costs
Costs incurred in research and development are expensed as incurred. Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased or Otherwise Marketed, requires capitalization of certain computer software development costs incurred after technological feasibility is established. No software development costs have been capitalized to date since costs incurred between the establishment of technical feasibility and the software's available-for-sale date have been insignificant.
F-11
Freestanding Preferred Stock Warrants
The Company accounts for freestanding warrants and other similar instruments related to shares that are redeemable in accordance with FSP No. 150-5, Issuer's Accounting under FASB Statement No. 150 for Freestanding Warrants and Other Similar Instruments on Shares That Are Redeemable ("FSP No. 150-5") (Note 3). Under FSP No. 150-5, the freestanding warrants that are related to the Company's convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet. The warrants are subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of interest income (expense). The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time all preferred stock warrants will become warrants exercisable for common stock and, accordingly, the liability will be reclassified to stockholders' deficit.
Stock-Based Compensation
Through December 31, 2005, the Company accounted for its stock-based employee compensation arrangements in accordance with the intrinsic value provisions of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees and related interpretations. Under the intrinsic value method, stock-based compensation expense is measured on the date of the grants as the difference between the fair value of the Company's common stock and the exercise or purchase price of the stock-based award multiplied by the number of stock options or restricted stock awards granted.
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation issued to non-employees in accordance with EITF No. 96-18, Accounting for Equity Instruments that are Issued to Other Than Employees for Acquiring, or in Conjunction with, Selling Goods or Services. The Company records the expense of such services based on the estimated fair value of the equity instrument using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The value of the equity instrument is charged to earnings over the term of the service agreement.
In December 2004, FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment, a revision of SFAS No. 123 ("SFAS No. 123(R)"), which requires companies to expense the fair value of employee stock options and other forms of stock-based compensation. The Company adopted SFAS No. 123(R) effective January 1, 2006. SFAS No. 123(R) requires nonpublic companies that used the minimum value method under SFAS No. 123 for either recognition or pro forma disclosures to apply SFAS No. 123(R) using the prospective-transition method. As such, the Company will continue to apply APB Opinion No. 25 in future periods to equity awards outstanding at the date of adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) that were measured using the minimum value method. In accordance with SFAS No. 123(R), the Company will recognize the compensation cost of employee stock-based awards granted or modified subsequent to December 31, 2005 in the statement of operations using the straight line method over the requisite service period of the award. Effective with the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R), the Company has elected to use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options granted.
As there has been no public market for the Company's common stock, and therefore a lack of company-specific historical and implied volatility data, the Company has determined the share price
F-12
volatility for stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 and in the six month period ended June 30, 2007, based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies that granted options with substantially similar terms. The expected volatility of options granted has been determined using an average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group of companies for a period equal to the expected life of the option. The expected volatility for options granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 was 36% — 45%. The unaudited volatility utilized during the six months ended June 30, 2007 was 45%. The Company intends to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar entities until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of the Company's share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified entities are no longer similar to the Company. In this latter case, more suitable, similar companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation.
The expected life of stock options has been determined utilizing the "simplified" method as prescribed by the SEC's Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share-Based Payment. The expected life of stock options granted during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and for the unaudited six months ended June 30, 2007 was 6.25 years. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2006 and for the unaudited six months ended June 30, 2007, the risk-free interest rate used ranged from 4.55% to 5.08%. The risk-free interest rate is based on the daily treasury yield curve rate whose term is consistent with the expected life of the stock options granted. The Company has not paid and does not anticipate paying cash dividends on its shares of common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero.
In addition, SFAS No. 123(R) requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates, whereas SFAS No. 123 permitted companies to record forfeitures based on actual forfeitures, which was the Company's historical policy under SFAS No. 123.
The Company has historically granted stock options at exercise prices no less than the fair market value as determined by the Company's board of directors, with input from management. As a result, stock options granted by the Company historically have had no intrinsic value on the date of grant. The Company's board exercised judgment in determining the estimated fair value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant based on a number of objective and subjective factors. Factors considered by the Company's board of directors included:
F-13
During the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the six months ended June 30, 2007, the Company granted stock options with exercise prices as follows:
Stock Award Grant Dates |
Number of Options Granted |
Exercise Price Per Share |
SFAS 123(R) Black-Scholes Option Fair Value |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
3/23/2006 | 2,988,500 | $ | 0.81 | $ | 0.36 | |||
5/25/2006 | 662,940 | 0.81 | 0.37 | |||||
6/15/2006 | 573,000 | 0.81 | 0.37 | |||||
9/28/2006 | 1,296,000 | 0.87 | 0.44 | |||||
12/14/2006 | 1,761,000 | 0.88 | 0.45 | |||||
2/7/2007 (unaudited) | 1,972,500 | 0.98 | 0.50 | |||||
3/5/2007 (unaudited) | 4,352,747 | 1.29 | 0.65 | |||||
5/15/2007 (unaudited) | 2,231,000 | 2.31 | 1.18 |
The exercise prices of the stock options set forth in the table above were determined by the Company's board of directors utilizing a valuation model that takes into account the factors listed above. This model employed the weighted average values developed using the market multiple of historical revenue approach based on comparable public companies, as well as the discounted cash flow method based on internal financial projections. The resulting enterprise value from that analysis was then utilized in the option pricing method outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or AICPA, Technical Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. These analyses were done on a contemporaneous basis with each fair market value determination made by the Company's board of directors.
In February 2007 (unaudited), the Company's board of directors determined that the fair value of the Company's common stock had increased to $0.98 per share based primarily on the Company's increased revenue, which, when applied to the valuation model, resulted in a higher value under the market multiple approach. The valuation model assumed that a liquidity event, specifically an initial public offering, remained unlikely in the next twelve months. The Company's valuation model applied a liquidity discount of 15% and a discount rate of 24% for forecasted cash flows. These assumptions were consistent with those used in 2006.
On March 5, 2007 (unaudited), the Company's board of directors determined that the fair value of the Company's common stock had increased to $1.29 per share. This increase was due in part to higher trading multiples applied under the market multiple approach as a result of adding two newly-public technology companies with similar financial profiles to the Company's group of comparable public companies. The valuation model assumed an increased probability of an initial public offering in the next twelve months. The Company's liquidity discount was reduced to 10% and its discount rate was reduced to 22%.
At its meeting on May 15, 2007 (unaudited), the Company's board of directors determined that the fair value of the Company's common stock had increased to $2.31 per share. The increase related to continued increases in the Company's revenue, which, when applied to the valuation
F-14
model, resulted in a higher value under the market multiple approach. In addition, the trading multiples increased due to the inclusion of two additional newly-public technology companies to the Company's group of comparable public companies and the removal of a company from the group due to poor financial performance that was inconsistent with the Company's performance and the performance of other members of the group. The valuation model assumed a higher probability of a public offering since the Company had begun its initial public offering process, including discussions with potential lead underwriters. As a result, the liquidity discount was eliminated and the discount rate was reduced to 17%.
On August 10, 2007 (unaudited), the Company's board of directors determined that the fair value of the Company's common stock had increased to $4.44 per share. In addition to the existing valuation model, the Company's board of directors employed a probability weighted expected return methodology. In reaching these determinations, the board considered the increased probability of an initial public offering as evidenced by selection of underwriters in late May, formal commencement of work on the Company's registration statement in late June, and the filing of a registration statement with the SEC on August 9, 2007. Other factors contributing to the increase included improvements in the market for comparable public companies, the strength of the Company's second quarter 2007 financial performance, and resulting improvements in its financial projections.
In accordance with the prospective transition method, the Company's financial statements for prior periods have not been restated to reflect, and do not include, the impact of SFAS No. 123(R). The amounts included in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2006 and for the six months ended June 30, 2007, relating to share-based payments are as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, 2006 |
Six Months Ended June 30, 2007 |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||||
Cost of revenue | $ | 7 | $ | 10 | ||
Research and development | 241 | 238 | ||||
Sales and marketing | 120 | 582 | ||||
General and administrative | 339 | 210 | ||||
$ | 707 | $ | 1,040 | |||
F-15
At December 31, 2006 and June 30, 2007 (unaudited), the total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense of nonvested stock options was approximately $2,174 and $7,485, respectively, net of forfeitures. This expense will be amortized on a straight-line basis over a weighted average period of approximately 3.5 and 3.7 years at December 31, 2006 and June 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively.
Net Loss per Share
The Company computes basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders by dividing its net loss attributable to common stockholders for the period by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Net loss attributable to common stockholders is calculated using the two-class method. The Company has excluded the convertible preferred stock from the basic earnings per share calculation as the preferred shareholders do not have a contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company.
The net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
Six Months Ended June 30, |
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2006 |
2007 |
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|||||||||||||
Net loss attributable to common stockholders | $ | (14,708 | ) | $ | (12,956 | ) | $ | (4,257 | ) | $ | (2,439 | ) | $ | (3,587 | ) | ||
Basic and diluted shares | |||||||||||||||||
Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share | 7,126,377 | 12,649,264 | 18,547,552 | 17,673,248 | 22,630,571 | ||||||||||||
Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders — basic and diluted | $ | (2.06 | ) | $ | (1.02 | ) | $ | (0.23 | ) | $ | (0.14 | ) | $ | (0.16 | ) |
The following convertible preferred stock, warrants to purchase outstanding convertible preferred stock, and options to purchase common stock have been excluded from the computation
F-16
of diluted net loss per share for the periods presented because a loss was incurred in those periods and including the preferred stock, options and warrants would be anti-dilutive.
|
Year Ended December 31, |
Six Months Ended June 30, |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2006 |
2007 |
|||||
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||||||
Convertible preferred stock upon conversion to common stock | 132,761,959 | 132,761,959 | 132,761,959 | 132,761,959 | 132,761,959 | |||||
Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock | 105,841 | 105,841 | 105,841 | 105,841 | 105,841 | |||||
Options to purchase common stock | 15,508,246 | 22,858,414 | 25,974,011 | 25,656,066 | 31,642,732 |
Unaudited Pro Forma Net Loss per Share
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share have been computed to give effect to the automatic conversion of the Company's preferred stock (using the if converted method) into common stock as though the conversion had occurred at the beginning of the period and to eliminate accretion to preferred stock and the expenses that were recorded for the remeasurement to fair value of the preferred stock warrants.
|
Year Ended December 31, 2006 |
Six Months Ended June 30, 2007 |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||
Numerator | |||||||||
Net loss attributable to common stockholders | $ | (4,257 | ) | $ | (3,587 | ) | |||
Add: Accretion to preferred stock | 3,798 | 2,048 | |||||||
Add: Change in value associated with preferred stock warrants | 41 | 140 | |||||||
Pro forma net loss | $ | (418 | ) | $ | (1,399 | ) | |||
Denominator | |||||||||
Weighted average common shares used to compute basic and diluted net loss per share | 18,547,552 | 22,630,571 | |||||||
Pro forma adjustments to reflect assumed weighted effect of conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock | 132,761,959 | 132,761,959 | |||||||
Weighted average shares used to compute basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share | 151,309,511 | 155,392,530 | |||||||
Pro forma net loss per share: | |||||||||
Basic and diluted | $ | (0.00 | ) | $ | (0.01 | ) |
F-17
Advertising Costs
The Company charges the cost of advertising to expense as incurred, and includes those costs in selling and marketing expenses in the statement of operations. Advertising costs were $24, $201, and $325 for the periods ended December 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006, respectively.
Income Taxes
The Company uses the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the impact of temporary differences between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured under enacted tax laws. A valuation allowance is required to offset any net deferred tax assets if, based upon the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.
Foreign Currency Translation
The functional currency for the Company's foreign operations is the applicable local currency. Foreign currency accounts are translated using the exchange rates prevailing at period-end for assets and liabilities and at average exchange rates during the period for results of operations. Translation adjustments are included in other comprehensive (loss) income as a separate component of stockholder's equity.
Comprehensive Income (loss)
The components of comprehensive income (loss) are as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
Six Months Ended June 30, |
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2006 |
2007 |
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||
Net loss | $ | (12,138 | ) | $ | (9,434 | ) | $ | (459 | ) | $ | (538 | ) | $ | (1,539 | ) | |
Other comprehensive income (loss): | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency adjustment | — | — | 6 | (1 | ) | 5 | ||||||||||
Total comprehensive loss | $ | (12,138 | ) | $ | (9,434 | ) | $ | (453 | ) | $ | (539 | ) | $ | (1,534 | ) | |
F-18
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Staff Accounting Bulletin ("SAB") No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Current Year Misstatements requires companies to quantify misstatements using both a balance sheet (iron curtain) and an income statement (rollover) approach to evaluate whether either approach results in an error that is material in light of relevant quantitative and qualitative factors. The Company has applied SAB No. 108 to all periods contained in its consolidated financial statements. The adoption of SAB No. 108 did not have an impact on the Company's financial statements.
On February 15, 2007, the FASB issued Statement No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 ("SFAS No. 159"), which permits companies to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The objective of SFAS No. 159 is to improve financial reporting by providing companies with the opportunity to mitigate volatility in reported earnings caused by measuring related assets and liabilities differently without having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions. SFAS No. 159 is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Management is currently evaluating the effect that SFAS No. 159 may have on the Company's financial statements taken as a whole.
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements ("SFAS No. 157"), which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This statement does not require any new fair value measurements; rather, it applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company is currently assessing SFAS No. 157 and has not yet determined the impact, if any, that its adoption will have on its result of operations or financial condition.
In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — An Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 ("FIN 48"), which prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 on January 1, 2007. Upon adoption of FIN 48, the Company recognized no material adjustments in our liability for unrecognized income tax benefits.
In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, which replaces APB No. 20, Accounting Changes, and SFAS No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements — An Amendment of APB Opinion No. 28 ("SFAS No. 154"). SFAS No. 154 provides guidance on the accounting for and reporting of accounting changes and error corrections. It establishes retrospective application, or the latest practicable date, as the required method for reporting a change in accounting principle and the reporting of a correction of an error. SFAS No. 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company adopted SFAS No. 154 effective January 1, 2006 and the adoption did not have an effect on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
F-19
In November 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, Inventory Costs, an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin ("ARB") No. 43, Chapter 4, Inventory Pricing ("SFAS No. 151"). SFAS No. 151 amends previous guidance regarding treatment of abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and spoilage. SFAS No. 151 requires that those items be recognized as current period charges regardless of whether they meet the criterion of "so abnormal" which was the criterion specified in ARB No. 43. In addition, SFAS No. 151 requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the cost of the production be based on normal capacity of the production facilities. The Company adopted SFAS No. 151 effective January 1, 2006 and the adoption did not have an effect on its consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
3. Change in Accounting Principle
On June 29, 2005, the FASB issued Staff Position 150-5, Issuer's Accounting under FASB Statement No. 150 for Freestanding Warrants and Other Similar Instruments on Shares That Are Redeemable. FSP No. 150-5 affirms that warrants of this type are subject to the requirements in SFAS No. 150, regardless of the redemption price or the timing of the redemption feature. Therefore, under SFAS No. 150, the freestanding warrants to purchase the Company's convertible redeemable preferred stock are liabilities that must be recorded at fair value.
The Company adopted FSP No. 150-5 as of July 1, 2005 and recorded income of $34 for the cumulative effect of the change in accounting principle to reflect the estimated fair value of these warrants as of that date compared to amounts recorded at issuance. In the year ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, the Company recorded $9 and $41 of additional expense to reflect the increase in fair value between the date of adoption and the end of the respective periods. In the unaudited six month periods ended June 30, 2006 and 2007 the Company recorded $38 and $140, respectively, of additional expense.
These warrants are subject to revaluation at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value will be recorded as a component of interest income (expense), until the exercise or expiration of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time all preferred stock warrants become warrants exercisable for common stock and, accordingly, the liability will be reclassified to stockholders' deficit.
4. Inventories
Inventories consist of the following:
|
As of December 31, |
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
As of June 30, 2007 |
|||||||||
|
2005 |
2006 |
||||||||
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|||||||
Purchased parts and subassemblies | $ | 4,059 | $ | 5,592 | $ | 6,994 | ||||
Finished goods | 306 | 1,781 | 555 | |||||||
Total inventories | $ | 4,365 | $ | 7,373 | $ | 7,549 | ||||
F-20
5. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consists of the following:
|
As of December 31, |
|
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
As of June 30, 2007 |
||||||||||
|
2005 |
2006 |
|||||||||
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||
Leasehold improvements | $ | 495 | $ | 501 | $ | 2,949 | |||||
Office equipment | 188 | 334 | 105 | ||||||||
Computer and laboratory equipment | 3,037 | 6,146 | 8,275 | ||||||||
Total property and equipment | 3,720 | 6,981 | 11,329 | ||||||||
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization | (2,423 | ) | (4,099 | ) | (5,334 | ) | |||||
Property and equipment, net | $ | 1,297 | $ | 2,882 | $ | 5,995 | |||||
Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $667, $962 and $1,676 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively and $696 and $1,416 for the six months ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2007 (unaudited), respectively. At December 31, 2006 and June 30, 2007 (unaudited), property and equipment under capital leases consisted of computer equipment with a cost basis of $228. Amortization expense of property and equipment under capital leases totaled $53, $25 and $39 for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively and $22 and $17 for the unaudited six months ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2007, respectively.
During 2004 and the six months ended June 30, 2007 (unaudited), the Company received lease incentive payments of $265 and $654, respectively from its lessor for purchases of leasehold improvements. In accordance with SFAS 13, the Company has recorded the leasehold improvements as assets that will be amortized over their useful life, along with a corresponding deferred rent incentive liability that will be amortized as a reduction of lease expense over the remaining term of the lease.
6. Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses consist of the following:
|
As of December 31, |
|
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
As of June 30, 2007 |
||||||||
|
2005 |
2006 |
|||||||
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
||||||
Employee compensation and benefits | $ | 2,558 | $ | 3,474 | $ | 4,319 | |||
Professional fees | 185 | 350 | 1,028 | ||||||
Litigation settlement provision | — | 750 | 500 | ||||||
Warranty | 106 | 267 | 454 | ||||||
Sales and marketing expenses | 207 | 880 | 2,080 | ||||||
Accrued facilities-related expenses | — | 20 | 564 | ||||||
Other accrued expenses | 726 | 1,119 | 1,429 | ||||||
$ | 3,782 | $ | 6,860 | $ | 10,374 | ||||
F-21
On April 18, 2007, the Company entered into a confidential settlement agreement with a third party related to a certain intellectual property claim and associated counterclaims. Under the terms of the settlement, the parties agreed to dismiss their respective claims and the Company agreed to pay $750 to the third party. This payment obligation is included in accrued expenses as of December 31, 2006 and is included in general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2006. The Company subsequently paid $250 of the settlement in May 2007 (unaudited) and $250 in August 2007 (unaudited). Certain prior period amounts in this table have been reclassified to conform to the current presentation.
7. Line of Credit
During 2001, the Company entered into an equipment line of credit with a financing company, allowing the Company to draw up to $1,000 for equipment purchases. The ability to draw against this line of credit expired on October 1, 2002. Amounts borrowed are evidenced by a loan agreement. Each loan agreement is collateralized by all of the equipment purchased under the loan and bears interest at the US Treasury Note yield to maturity plus 8.52%. In 2002, the Company borrowed $591 under loan agreements. The loan was repayable in equal monthly installments concluding in August 2005. At December 31, 2006, there were no amounts outstanding under the loan agreements.
In connection with entering into the line of credit, the Company issued warrants to purchase 55,556 shares of the Company's Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock ("Series A preferred stock") at $0.90 per share, subject to certain antidilutive adjustments (Note 10). The purchase rights represented by the warrants are exercisable for cash immediately and have a term of ten years. The warrants are convertible into shares of Series A preferred stock at any time after twenty four months from the date of grant and contemporaneously with or in anticipation of an initial public offering, merger or consolidation, sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company, or other event were entitling holders of Series A preferred stock to receive a liquidation preference. The warrants were valued at $41 at issuance using an option valuation model, assuming a weighted average risk free rate of return of 5.0%, an expected life of ten years, 75% volatility and no dividends. The Company recorded the fair value of the warrants as an adjustment to additional paid-in capital and other assets during 2001. The value of the warrants was fully amortized as interest expense as of December 31, 2002.
As discussed in Note 3, in 2005 the Company reclassified all of its free standing preferred stock warrants as a liability and began adjusting the warrants to their respective fair values at each reporting period.
In January 2006, the Company entered into a revolving line of credit agreement with Silicon Valley Bank which allows draws up to $5,000. Amounts outstanding under the line will accrue interest at a floating per annum rate equal to one half of one percentage point above prime, and is subject to certain net worth requirements. Interest is payable monthly. The Company extended the line of credit date of maturity to April 19, 2007. On March 10, 2007, the Company signed a loan modification agreement which increased the amount to $15,000 and extended the line of credit for two years until April 17, 2009 with essentially the same terms and conditions. At December 31, 2006 and June 30, 2007 (unaudited), there were no amounts outstanding under this line of credit.
F-22
In connection with the new building lease, a letter of credit for $1,000 was issued in March 2007 as security thus reducing the borrowing capacity under the line of credit by the amount of the letter of credit. The letter of credit will be reduced each year through 2010 to $500, $300, and $200 in March 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.
8. Income Taxes
The Company's income tax provision for the six months ended June 30, 2007 (unaudited) consisted entirely of foreign income taxes. The Company is liable for income taxes on profits earned by its foreign sales and marketing subsidiaries based on a cost plus arrangement between the foreign subsidiary and the U.S. parent company.
The Company has provided a valuation allowance for the full amount of its net deferred tax assets since at December 31, 2005 and 2006 it is not more likely than not that any future benefit from deductible temporary differences and net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards would be realized. At December 31, 2006, the Company has federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $14,828 and $13,920, respectively, which begin to expire in 2021 and 2008, respectively, and a federal research and development ("R&D") credit carryforward of $1,810, which begins to expire in 2021. In addition, approximately $1,130 of the federal net operating loss is attributable to stock option deductions for stock option compensation for which the associated tax benefit will be credited to additional paid-in capital when realized.
Adoption of FIN 48 (unaudited)
In June 2006, the FASB published FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions ("FIN 48"). This interpretation seeks to reduce the significant diversity in practice associated with recognition and measurement in the accounting for income taxes. It applies to all tax positions accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. FIN 48 requires that a tax position meet "a more likely than not" threshold for the benefit of the uncertain tax position to be recognized in the financial statements. This threshold is to be met assuming that the tax authorities will examine the uncertain tax position. FIN 48 contains guidance with respect to the measurement of the benefit that is recognized for an uncertain tax position, when that benefit should be derecognized, and other matters.
On January 1, 2007, the Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48. The Company has no amounts recorded for any unrecognized tax benefits as of January 1, 2007 or June 30, 2007 (unaudited). In addition, the Company did not record any amount for the implementation of FIN 48. The Company's policy is to record estimated interest and penalties related to the underpayment of income taxes as a component of its income tax provision. As of January 1, 2007 and June 30, 2007 (unaudited), the Company had no accrued interest or tax penalties recorded. The Company's income tax return reporting periods since December 31, 2003 are open to income tax audit examination by the federal and state tax authorities. In addition, as the Company has net operating loss carryforwards, the Internal Revenue Service is permitted to audit earlier years and propose adjustments up to the amount of net operating loss generated in those years.
F-23
Utilization of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to ownership changes that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future, as provided by Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as well as similar state provisions. These ownership changes may limit the amount of net operating loss and research and development credit carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income and tax, respectively. Any limitation may result in expiration of a portion of the net operating loss or research and development credit carryforwards before utilization. In general, an ownership change, as defined by Section 382, results from transactions increasing the ownership of certain shareholders or public groups in the stock of a corporation by more than 50 percentage points over a three-year period. Since the Company's formation, the Company has raised capital through the issuance of common stock and preferred stock, which, combined with the purchasing shareholders' subsequent disposition of those shares, may have resulted in a change of control, as defined by Section 382, or could result in a change of control in the future upon subsequent disposition. The Company has not completed a Section 382 study to determine whether such an ownership change has occurred. Until the study is completed and any adjustment is known, no amounts are being presented as an uncertain tax position under FIN 48. However, changes in the unrecognized tax position, if any, will have no impact on the effective tax rate due to the existence of the full valuation allowance.
A reconciliation of the Company's effective tax rate to the statutory federal tax rate is as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
|||||||
Expected tax benefit | $ | (4,127 | ) | $ | (3,208 | ) | $ | (156 | ) | |
State taxes, net of federal benefit | (541 | ) | (393 | ) | (42 | ) | ||||
Tax credits | (301 | ) | (363 | ) | (426 | ) | ||||
Change in valuation reserve | 4,566 | 3,978 | 459 | |||||||
Stock-based compensation | 15 | 18 | 161 | |||||||
Prior period true-ups | 122 | (152 | ) | (52 | ) | |||||
Change in state effective tax rate | 250 | 94 | — | |||||||
Other permanent items | 16 | 26 | 56 | |||||||
Provision for Income Taxes | $ | — | $ | — | $ | — | ||||
F-24
The Company's deferred tax assets consist of the following:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2005 |
2006 |
|||||||
Net operating loss carryforwards | $ | 5,460 | $ | 5,198 | |||||
Research credits | 1,334 | 1,810 | |||||||
Depreciation and amortization | 457 | 358 | |||||||
Net capitalized R&D costs | 8,903 | 7,748 | |||||||
Net capitalized start-up costs | 648 | 380 | |||||||
Deferred revenues | 315 | 980 | |||||||
Other | 941 | 2,043 | |||||||
Total gross deferred tax asset | 18,058 | 18,517 | |||||||
Deferred tax asset valuation allowance | (18,058 | ) | (18,517 | ) | |||||
Net deferred tax asset | $ | — | $ | — | |||||
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement basis and tax basis of assets and liabilities, using enacted tax rates in effect for the years in which the differences are expected to reverse. A valuation allowance against net deferred tax assets is required if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Due to the uncertainty surrounding the realization of these favorable tax attributes in future tax returns, the net deferred tax assets have been fully offset by a valuation allowance.
9. Commitments and Contingencies
Obligations
The Company leases its office space and certain equipment under noncancelable operating leases and capital leases. The lease for the facility the Company occupied as of December 31, 2006 ended in May 2007. Total rent expense under these operating leases for 2004, 2005, and 2006 was $294, $249, and $249, respectively.
Future minimum lease payments under noncancelable operating leases, inventory purchase commitments and capital leases at December 31, 2006 are:
Year Ending December 31, |
Capital Leases |
Operating Leases |
Purchase Commitments |
Total |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
2007 | $ | 37 | $ | 141 | $ | 9,965 | $ | 10,143 | |||||
2008 | — | — | 112 | 112 | |||||||||
2009 | — | — | 13 | 13 | |||||||||
2010 and beyond | — | — | — | — | |||||||||
Total payments | $ | 37 | $ | 141 | $ | 10,090 | $ | 10,268 | |||||
F-25
9. Commitments and Contingencies -- (continued)
In May 2007, the Company entered into a six year operating lease for new and expanded office space. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company's future commitments associated with this lease increased by $84, $506, $592, $631 and $1,620 in 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 and 2011 and beyond, respectively (unaudited). These obligations are secured by a letter of credit backed by the Company's working capital line.
Guarantor Agreements
Pursuant to one of the provisions in the Company's standard terms and conditions of sale of its products, the Company agrees, subject to certain limitations and conditions, to defend any suit or proceeding brought against a customer based on a claim that the Company's equipment, standing alone, infringes a United States patent or copyright or misappropriates a trade secret protected under United States law. The maximum potential amount of payments the Company may be required to make under such provision is limited to the total purchase price of the Company's equipment sold under the particular contract. The Company has never incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these customer contract provisions. As a result, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these provisions is minimal.
Warranty Obligation
The Company warrants that its products will perform in all material respects in accordance with its standard published specifications. The term of the Company's standard hardware warranty is 24 months. The Company accrues for estimated future warranty costs on its product sales at the time of sale based upon historical experience. The following is a reconciliation of the activity in the Company's warranty liability:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Six Months Ended June 30, 2007 |
|||||||||
|
2005 |
2006 |
||||||||
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|||||||
Balance at the beginning of the period | $ | 70 | $ | 106 | $ | 267 | ||||
Accruals for warranties issued | 277 | 195 | 276 | |||||||
Warranty settlements made | (241 | ) | (34 | ) | (89 | ) | ||||
Balance at the end of the period | $ | 106 | $ | 267 | $ | 454 | ||||
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, the Company has been and may again become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not presently a party to any material litigation and is not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that could have a material adverse effect on the business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.
F-26
10. Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock
The Series A convertible redeemable preferred stock and Series A-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock, collectively referred to as the Class A preferred stock, the Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock and Series B-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock collectively referred to as the Class B preferred stock and the Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock ("Series C preferred stock"), have the following rights, preferences and privileges:
Redemption Rights
Shares of Series C preferred stock and the Class B preferred stock shall be redeemed by the Corporation at a price equal to $0.5448 per share with respect to the Series C preferred stock and $0.30 per share with respect to the Class B preferred stock (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares), plus all unpaid Series C preferred stock and Class B preferred stock accruing dividends thereon, in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Corporation at any time on or after March 14, 2008 from the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Series C preferred stock and Class B preferred stock, voting together as a single class, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Series C preferred stock and Class B preferred stock.
Shares of Class A preferred stock shall be redeemed by the corporation at a price equal to $0.90 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares), plus all declared and unpaid dividends thereon (the "Class A Redemption Price"), in three annual installments commencing 60 days after receipt by the Corporation, at any time after all shares of Series C preferred stock and Class B preferred stock have been redeemed from the holders of at least 67% of the then outstanding shares of Class A preferred stock, of written notice requesting redemption of all shares of Class A preferred stock.
Voting Rights
Each share of preferred stock shall have one vote for each full share of common stock into which the respective share of preferred stock would be convertible on the record date of the vote.
Dividend Rights
Holders of Class A preferred stock are entitled to receive dividends as if the preferred shares had been converted into shares of common stock at the time of such dividend only if, when and as declared by the Board of Directors. Holders of Class C and Class B preferred stock shall accrue dividends on each share of Class C and Class B preferred stock from the date of issuance at an annual rate of 8%, compounded annually. The Class C and Class B accruing dividend shall be cumulative and shall accrue whether or not declared. Through December 31, 2006, no dividends have been declared or paid by the Company. As of December 31, 2006 cumulative unpaid dividends were $5,100, $1,344 and $4,323 on Series B, Series B-1 and Series C preferred stock, respectively.
F-27
Conversion Rights
Any share of convertible preferred stock may, at the option of the holder, be converted at any time into fully paid and nonassessable shares of common stock. The number of shares of common stock to which a holder of a particular series of convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be entitled upon conversion shall be the product obtained by multiplying the applicable conversion rate for that series of preferred stock by the number of shares of such series preferred stock being converted. The applicable conversion rates for each outstanding share of convertible redeemable preferred stock are as follows:
Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock |
Conversion Rate |
|
---|---|---|
Series A | 1.9 | |
Series A-1 | 3 | |
Series B | 1 | |
Series B-1 | 1 | |
Series C | 1 |
In addition, the conversion ratio can be increased or decreased in the event of a stock dividend, reverse stock split, capital reorganization or a consolidation or merger with another company.
The Series A, A-1, B, B-1 and C preferred stock automatically convert into common stock and the accretion of accrued dividends will be eliminated upon the closing of an initial public offering in which the offering price equals or exceeds $2.00 per share and results in gross proceeds of at least $30,000 or upon written consent of at least two-thirds of the Class A, a majority of the Class B and a majority of the Series C then outstanding preferred stockholders.
Liquidation Preference
Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, the holders of the shares of Series C preferred stock and Class B preferred stock shall be entitled to be paid, on a pari passu basis with each other before any distribution or payment is made upon any Class A preferred stock or common stock or any other stock ranking on liquidation junior to the Series C preferred stock and Class B preferred stock, an amount equal to $0.5448 and $0.30 per share with respect to the Series C preferred stock and Class B preferred stock, respectively (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares), plus all unpaid preferred accruing dividends and any other declared but unpaid dividends thereon. Such amount payable with respect to one share of Series B or B-1 preferred stock is referred to as the Series B liquidation preference payment, and with respect to one share of Series C preferred stock is referred to as the Series C liquidation preference payment.
Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, after payment in full of the Class B liquidation preference payments and the Series C liquidation preference payment, the holders of the shares of Class A preferred stock shall be entitled to be paid before any distribution or payment is made upon any Common Stock or any other stock ranking on liquidation junior to
F-28
the Class A preferred stock, an amount equal to the greater of (i) $0.90 per share (subject to appropriate adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination or other similar recapitalization affecting such shares) plus, in the case of each share, an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends, or (ii) such amount per share as would have been payable had each such share been converted to Common Stock immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up.
Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, after payment in full of the Class B liquidation preference payments and the Series C liquidation preference payments and the Class A liquidation preference payments, the remaining assets and funds of the Company available for distribution to its stockholders shall be distributed among the holders of shares of Series C and Class B preferred stock and common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each, treating for this purpose all such securities as if they had been converted to common stock immediately prior to the liquidation, dissolution or winding up. Holders of Series B-1, however, shall not be entitled to receive any portion of the distribution until such time as the amount paid to a holder of Series B-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock equals the amount received by a holder of Series B convertible redeemable preferred stock. In addition, if the amount which the holders of Series B-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to receive shall exceed $0.60 per share ("the Maximum Participation amount"), each holder of Series B-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be entitled to receive the greater of (i) the Maximum Participation amount or (ii) the amount such holder would have received if he/she had converted his/her shares of Series B-1 convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation. Furthermore, if the amount which the holders of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock are entitled to receive shall exceed $1.0896 per share ("the Maximum Participation amount"), each holder of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock shall be entitled to receive the greater of (i) the Maximum Participation amount or (ii) the amount such holder would have received if he/she had converted his/her shares of Series C convertible redeemable preferred stock into common stock immediately prior to the dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of the Corporation.
11. Common Stock
Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the Company's stockholders. Common stockholders are entitled to receive dividends, if any, as may be declared by the Board of Directors, subject to the preferential dividend rights of the preferred stock.
At December 31, 2005 and 2006, the Company had 155,726,214 and 158,841,811, respectively, shares of its common stock reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Series A, A-1, B, B-1 and C preferred stock (including shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants to purchase Series A preferred stock) and the exercise of all outstanding options to purchase common stock.
F-29
Restricted Stock Agreements
The Company has entered into restricted stock purchase agreements with certain employees. In the event that the employment is terminated, the Company had the right to repurchase the unvested shares at the original purchase price, or the then fair market value, if lower.
For the years ended December 31, 2006, 2005 and 2004, pursuant to certain restricted stock purchase agreements and certain stock repurchase and option agreements (Note 10), 0, 0, and 1,305,000 shares of restricted common stock were purchased by employees of the Company, respectively. The stock restrictions relate to the sale and transferability of the stock, lapse according to a vesting schedule and are contingent upon continued employment to the Company. The shares of restricted common stock generally vest 25% upon one year from the original stock option grant and in equal monthly installments thereafter over the next three years. In the event the employment or consulting relationship is terminated, the Company has the right to repurchase the unvested shares at the original purchase price or the then fair market value, if lower.
At December 31, 2006, and June 30, 2007 (unaudited), 767,146 and 262,098 shares of common stock were subject to repurchase, respectively, by the Company.
12. 2001 Stock Plan
In July 2001, the Company adopted the 2001 Stock Plan (the "Plan") which provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock awards or stock purchase opportunities, for the purchase of up to 10,000,000 shares of the Company's common stock by employees, consultants and directors of the Company. In August 2003, the Company increased the maximum number of shares available under the Plan to 29,399,239 shares. In June 2004, the Company further increased the maximum number of shares available under the Plan to 41,517,462 shares. In October 2005, the Company increased the maximum number of shares available under the Plan to 46,959,716 shares. In December 2006, the Company increased the maximum number of shares available under the plan to 55,819,716 and in August 2007 (unaudited), to 60,819,716. The Board of Directors is responsible for administration of the Plan. The Board determines the option exercise price, the number of shares for which each option or award is granted and the rate at which each option or award becomes exercisable.
Stock Options
Incentive and non-qualified stock options may be granted to any employee at an exercise price per share of not less than the fair value per common share on the date of the grant (not less than 110% of fair value in the case of holders of more than 10% of the Company's voting stock) and with a term not to exceed ten years from the date of the grant (not to exceed five years in the case of holders of more than 10% of the Company's voting stock). The options vest and become exercisable over a period determined by the Board of Directors, generally at a rate of 25% on the first anniversary date of grant and in equal monthly installments thereafter over the next three years.
F-30
A summary of the activity under the Company's stock option plan is presented below:
|
Number of Options |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
Weighted Average Remaining Life in Years |
Aggregate Intrinsic Value |
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Outstanding at December 31, 2003 | 12,206,090 | $ | 0.04 | |||||||
Granted | 7,746,769 | 0.12 | ||||||||
Exercised | (148,227 | ) | 0.03 | $ | 11 | |||||
Canceled | (4,296,386 | ) | 0.03 | |||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2004 | 15,508,246 | $ | 0.09 | |||||||
Granted |
12,351,553 |
0.17 |
||||||||
Exercised | (2,561,446 | ) | 0.04 | $ | 257 | |||||
Canceled | (2,439,939 | ) | 0.13 | |||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2005 | 22,858,414 | $ | 0.14 | |||||||
Granted |
7,281,440 |
0.84 |
||||||||
Exercised | (2,872,614 | ) | 0.10 | $ | 6,572 | |||||
Canceled | (1,293,229 | ) | 0.23 | |||||||
Outstanding at December 31, 2006 | 25,974,011 | $ | 0.33 | 8.24 | $ | 14,268 | ||||
Granted (unaudited) | 8,556,247 | 1.48 | ||||||||
Exercised (unaudited) | (1,982,827 | ) | 0.17 | |||||||
Canceled (unaudited) | (904,699 | ) | 0.51 | |||||||
Outstanding at June 30, 2007 (unaudited) | 31,642,732 | $ | 0.65 | |||||||
Exercisable at December 31, 2006 |
10,666,558 |
$ |
0.17 |
7.44 |
$ |
7,604 |
||||
Exercisable at June 30, 2007 (unaudited) | 12,570,629 | $ | 0.24 | 7.27 | $ | 26,072 | ||||
F-31
The following table summarizes information about options outstanding:
|
Options Outstanding as of December 31, 2006 |
Options Exercisable |
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Exercise Price Range |
Number of Shares |
Weighted Average Remaining Life in Years |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
Number of Shares |
Weighted Average Remaining Life in Years |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
||||||||
$0.03 | 2,373,381 | 6.13 | $ | 0.03 | 2,077,653 | 6.13 | $ | 0.03 | ||||||
$0.09 | 1,403,168 | 5.02 | $ | 0.09 | 1,402,542 | 5.02 | $ | 0.09 | ||||||
$0.14 | 12,121,373 | 7.49 | $ | 0.14 | 5,964,679 | 7.49 | $ | 0.14 | ||||||
$0.27 | 3,086,271 | 8.25 | $ | 0.27 | 432,158 | 8.25 | $ | 0.27 | ||||||
$0.81 | 3,963,483 | 8.73 | $ | 0.81 | 738,296 | 8.73 | $ | 0.81 | ||||||
$0.87 | 1,265,335 | 9.49 | $ | 0.87 | 36,230 | 9.49 | $ | 0.87 | ||||||
$0.88 | 1,761,000 | 9.96 | $ | 0.88 | 15,000 | 9.96 | $ | 0.88 | ||||||
25,974,011 | 10,666,558 | |||||||||||||
|
Options Outstanding as of June 30, 2007 (unaudited) |
Options Exercisable (unaudited) |
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Exercise Price Range |
Number of Shares |
Weighted Average Remaining Life in Years |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
Number of Shares |
Weighted Average Remaining Life in Years |
Weighted Average Exercise Price |
||||||||
$0.03 | 2,085,369 | 5.89 | $ | 0.03 | 2,016,608 | 5.89 | $ | 0.03 | ||||||
$0.09 | 1,324,209 | 4.59 | $ | 0.09 | 1,324,209 | 4.59 | $ | 0.09 | ||||||
$0.14 | 10,376,522 | 7.65 | $ | 0.14 | 6,044,458 | 7.65 | $ | 0.14 | ||||||
$0.27 | 2,849,127 | 8.25 | $ | 0.27 | 1,426,141 | 8.25 | $ | 0.27 | ||||||
$0.81 | 3,600,879 | 8.71 | $ | 0.81 | 1,297,394 | 8.71 | $ | 0.81 | ||||||
$0.87 | 1,171,732 | 9.25 | $ | 0.87 | 101,233 | 9.25 | $ | 0.87 | ||||||
$0.88 | 1,724,751 | 9.46 | $ | 0.88 | 143,106 | 9.46 | $ | 0.88 | ||||||
$0.98 | 1,941,396 | 9.61 | $ | 0.98 | 1,404 | 9.61 | $ | 0.98 | ||||||
$1.29 | 4,352,747 | 9.68 | $ | 1.29 | 206,373 | 9.68 | $ | 1.29 | ||||||
$2.31 | 2,216,000 | 9.88 | $ | 2.31 | 9,703 | 9.88 | $ | 2.31 | ||||||
31,642,732 | 12,570,629 | |||||||||||||
At December 31, 2006, there were 8,190,900 options available for future grant under the Plan.
The Company has issued awards to purchase common stock to nonemployee consultants in exchange for their services. During the years ended December 31, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, and 2006 the Company issued awards to these nonemployees to purchase 462,000, 138,250, 1,144,000, 320,000, 20,000 and 215,000 shares of common stock, respectively, at exercise prices of $0.01, $0.09, $0.03, $0.14, $0.14, $0.88 and $0.87 per share, respectively, which vest ratably over a period of two to four years from date of grant. The fair value of the options is being expensed over the requisite service period and is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the
F-32
following weighted-average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively: no dividend yield, volatility of 75%, 75% and 45%, respectively, risk-free interest rates of 4.04%, 4.04%, and 4.6%, respectively, and remaining contractual term. The Company remeasures the fair value of unvested nonemployee awards each accounting period and changes in fair value are amortized over the remaining vesting period. The Company recognized $43, $53 and $143, of stock-based compensation expense during the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005, and 2006, respectively, relating to these options.
During 2006, an executive of the Company resigned. As part of the severance arrangement, vesting on 202,484 options was accelerated and the term which vested options would be exercised was extended to December 31, 2006. As a result of this modification, the Company recorded compensation expense of $136.
In January 2007, an executive of the Company resigned. As part of the severance arrangement, vesting on 205,479 options was accelerated and the term which vested options would be exercised was extended to April 2, 2007. As a result of this modification, the Company recorded compensation expense of $152 (unaudited).
The Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of 108,334, 239,404 and 11,305 shares of common stock at a cost of $4, $8 and $0 in 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively. In 2006, the Board of Directors approved the retirement of 384,366 shares of treasury stock that were made available for future grant.
13. 401(k) Savings Plan
During 2002, the Company established a defined contribution savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. This plan covers substantially all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Company contributions to the plan may be made at the discretion of the Board of Directors. For the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, and for the unaudited six months periods ended June 30, 2006 and June 30, 2007 the Company made no contributions to the plan.
14. Industry Segment, Geographical Information and Significant Customers
SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision-maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company is organized as, and operates in, one reportable segment: the development, sale and servicing of IP based storage area networks (SANs) and all significant assets are held in the U.S. Our chief operating decision-maker is our Chief Executive Officer. Our Chief Executive Officer reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis.
F-33
Revenue, classified by the major geographic areas was as follows:
|
Year Ended December 31, |
Six Months Ended June 30, |
|||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2004 |
2005 |
2006 |
2006 |
2007 |
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|||||||||||
North America | $ | 9,450 | $ | 26,104 | $ | 56,718 | $ | 25,086 | $ | 44,663 | |||||
Europe | 622 | 2,970 | 9,584 | 3,187 | 6,886 | ||||||||||
Asia Pacific | 282 | 886 | 1,762 | 872 | 1,679 | ||||||||||
Total revenue | $ | 10,354 | $ | 29,960 | $ | 68,064 | $ | 29,145 | $ | 53,228 | |||||
15. Allowance for Doubtful Accounts
A summary of the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts is presented below:
Description |
Balance at Beginning of Year |
Additions |
Deductions |
Balance at End of Year |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts | ||||||||||||
Year ended December 31, 2004 | $ | 14 | $ | 89 | $ | 1 | $ | 102 | ||||
Year ended December 31, 2005 | $ | 102 | $ | 125 | $ | 32 | $ | 195 | ||||
Year ended December 31, 2006 | $ | 195 | $ | 398 | $ | 69 | $ | 524 |
F-34
No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
Page |
|
---|---|---|
Prospectus Summary | 1 | |
Risk Factors | 7 | |
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements | 23 | |
Use of Proceeds | 24 | |
Dividend Policy | 25 | |
Capitalization | 26 | |
Dilution | 28 | |
Selected Consolidated Financial Data | 30 | |
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations | 32 | |
Business | 58 | |
Management | 69 | |
Related Party Transactions | 95 | |
Principal and Selling Stockholders | 97 | |
Description of Capital Stock | 100 | |
Shares Eligible for Future Sale | 104 | |
Underwriting | 107 | |
Industry and Market Data | 111 | |
Legal Matters | 111 | |
Experts | 111 | |
Where You Can Find More Information | 112 | |
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements | F-1 |
Through and including , 2007 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.
Shares
EqualLogic, Inc.
Common Stock
Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Credit Suisse
RBC Capital Markets
Pacific Crest Securities
Canaccord Adams
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table indicates the expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which will be paid by the Registrant. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee and the NASD filing fee.
|
Amount |
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee | $ | 3,838 | ||
NASD | 13,000 | |||
Nasdaq Stock Market listing fee | 100,000 | |||
Accountants' fees and expenses | * | |||
Legal fees and expenses | * | |||
Blue Sky fees and expenses | * | |||
Transfer Agent's fees and expenses | * | |||
Printing and engraving expenses | * | |||
Miscellaneous | * | |||
Total Expenses | $ | * | ||
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Section 102 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit. Our restated certificate of incorporation that will become effective upon the closing of this offering provides that no director of the Registrant shall be personally liable to it or its stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as director, notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, except to the extent that the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware prohibits the elimination or limitation of liability of directors for breaches of fiduciary duty.
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee, or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
II-1
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify each person who was or is a party or threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of EqualLogic) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of EqualLogic, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee of, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise (all such persons being referred to as an "Indemnitee"), or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding and any appeal therefrom, if such Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, he or she had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will indemnify any Indemnitee who was or is a party to an action or suit by or in the right of EqualLogic to procure a judgment in our favor by reason of the fact that the Indemnitee is or was, or has agreed to become, a director or officer of EqualLogic, or is or was serving, or has agreed to serve, at our request as a director, officer, partner, employee or trustee or, or in a similar capacity with, another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted in such capacity, against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and any appeal therefrom, if the Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of EqualLogic, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to us, unless a court determines that, despite such adjudication but in view of all of the circumstances, he or she is entitled to indemnification of such expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any Indemnitee has been successful, on the merits or otherwise, he or she will be indemnified by us against all expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred in connection therewith. Expenses must be advanced to an Indemnitee under certain circumstances.
We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and our executive officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers for some expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or executive officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his service as one of our directors or executive officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request.
We maintain a general liability insurance policy that covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our corporation arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.
In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us with the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, against certain liabilities.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Set forth below is information regarding shares of common stock issued, and options granted, by us within the past three years. Also included is the consideration, if any, received by us for such shares and options and information relating to the section of the Securities Act, or rule of the Securities and Exchange Commission, under which exemption from registration was claimed.
II-2
(a) Issuances of Capital Stock
(1) In June 2004, we issued an aggregate of 36,710,720 shares of our series C convertible preferred stock at a price per share of $0.5448 to individual investors for an aggregate purchase price of $20,000,000. Upon the closing of this offering, these shares will convert automatically into 36,710,720 shares of our common stock.
(2) From the period beginning January 1, 2004 through September 28, 2007, we have issued an aggregate of 1,305,000 shares of restricted common stock at a price ranging from $0.03 to $0.14 per share to certain of our employees, consultants and directors pursuant to our 2001 Stock Plan.
No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities. The securities described in paragraph (a)(1) of Item 15 were issued to U.S. investors in reliance upon the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, as set forth in Section 4(2) under the Securities Act and Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder relative to sales by an issuer not involving any public offering, to the extent an exemption from such registration was required. The securities described in paragraph (a)(2) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors and consultants, in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 3(b) of the Securities Act and Rule 701 promulgated thereunder. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.
(b) Stock Option Grants
From the period beginning January 1, 2004 through September 28, 2007, we have granted stock options to purchase an aggregate of 37,289,259 shares of our common stock with exercise prices ranging from $0.03 to $4.44 per share, to employees, directors and consultants pursuant to our 2001 Stock Plan. An aggregate of 7,905,762 shares have been issued upon the exercise of stock options for an aggregate consideration of $854,485 as of September 28, 2007. The shares of common stock issued upon exercise of options are deemed restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.
The issuances of stock options and the shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of the options as described in this paragraph (b) of Item 15 were issued pursuant to written compensatory plans or arrangements with our employees, directors and consultants, in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 3(b) of the Securities Act and Rule 701 promulgated thereunder. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had access, through employment or other relationships, to such information.
The exhibits to the registration statement are listed in the Exhibit Index to this registration statement and are incorporated by reference herein.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director,
II-3
officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-4
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Nashua, State of New Hampshire, on the 28th day of September, 2007.
EQUALLOGIC, INC. | ||||
By: |
/s/ DONALD P. BULENS Donald P. Bulens President and Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature |
Title |
Date |
||
---|---|---|---|---|
/s/ DONALD P. BULENS Donald P. Bulens |
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) | September 28, 2007 | ||
/s/ RICHARD S. HAAK, JR. Richard S. Haak, Jr. |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
September 28, 2007 |
||
* Michael A. Brown |
Chairman of the Board of Directors |
September 28, 2007 |
||
* Christopher Baldwin |
Director |
September 28, 2007 |
||
* Edwin J. Gillis |
Director |
September 28, 2007 |
||
* Gregory C. Gretsch |
Director |
September 28, 2007 |
||
* Richard S. Grinnell |
Director |
September 28, 2007 |
||
* Peter C. Hayden |
Director |
September 28, 2007 |
*By: |
/s/ DONALD P. BULENS Donald P. Bulens Attorney-in-Fact |
II-5
Exhibit number |
Description |
|
---|---|---|
1.1* | Form of Underwriting Agreement | |
3.1** | Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended | |
3.2* | Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant to be effective upon closing of the offering | |
3.3** | Bylaws of the Registrant | |
3.4* | Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of the offering | |
4.1* | Specimen Certificate evidencing shares of common stock | |
5.1* | Opinion of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP | |
10.1** | 2001 Stock Plan, as amended | |
10.2** | Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2001 Stock Plan | |
10.3** | Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2001 Stock Plan | |
10.4** | Form of Employee Stock Purchase and Restriction Agreement under the 2001 Stock Plan | |
10.5* | 2007 Stock Incentive Plan | |
10.6* | Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan | |
10.7* | Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan | |
10.8* | Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2007 Stock Incentive Plan | |
10.9** | Third Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated June 18, 2004, among the Registrant and the parties listed therein | |
10.10** | Lease Agreement, dated March 2, 2007, between the Registrant and Hewlett-Packard Company | |
10.11** | Loan and Security Agreement, dated January 20, 2006, between the Registrant and Silicon Valley Bank, as amended | |
10.12** | Form of Value Added Reseller Agreement | |
10.13** | Form of International Value Added Reseller Agreement | |
10.14** | Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and Christopher Baldwin, Gregory C. Gretsch and Richard S. Grinnell | |
10.15** | Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its directors, other than Christopher Baldwin, Richard S. Grinnell and Gregory C. Gretsch, and executive officers | |
10.16 | Form of Severance and Change-of-Control Agreement between the Registrant and its executive officers | |
10.17**+ | OEM Purchase Agreement, dated April 25, 2005, between the Registrant and Xyratex Technology Limited | |
10.18 | Third Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated June 18, 2004, among the Registrant and certain stockholders | |
10.19 | Director Compensation Policy | |
10.20+ | Source Code License and Distribution Agreement, dated January 30, 2002, between the Registrant and Wind River Systems, Inc. | |
21.1** | Subsidiaries of Registrant | |
23.1 | Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP | |
23.2* | Consent of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1) | |
23.3 | Consent of Yankee Group Research, Inc. | |
24.1** | Powers of Attorney |
This ‘S-1/A’ Filing | Date | Other Filings | ||
---|---|---|---|---|
9/24/17 | ||||
3/5/12 | ||||
4/17/09 | ||||
3/31/09 | ||||
12/31/08 | ||||
3/14/08 | ||||
12/31/07 | ||||
11/15/07 | ||||
10/30/07 | ||||
Filed as of: | 10/1/07 | |||
Filed on: | 9/28/07 | |||
8/31/07 | ||||
8/10/07 | ||||
8/9/07 | S-1 | |||
6/30/07 | ||||
6/1/07 | ||||
5/15/07 | ||||
4/30/07 | ||||
4/19/07 | ||||
4/18/07 | ||||
4/2/07 | ||||
3/31/07 | ||||
3/10/07 | ||||
3/5/07 | ||||
3/2/07 | ||||
2/15/07 | ||||
2/7/07 | ||||
1/2/07 | ||||
1/1/07 | ||||
12/31/06 | ||||
12/15/06 | ||||
12/14/06 | ||||
10/13/06 | ||||
9/30/06 | ||||
9/28/06 | ||||
7/14/06 | ||||
7/1/06 | ||||
6/30/06 | ||||
6/15/06 | ||||
5/25/06 | ||||
3/31/06 | ||||
3/23/06 | ||||
3/17/06 | ||||
3/3/06 | ||||
2/28/06 | ||||
1/20/06 | ||||
1/1/06 | ||||
12/31/05 | ||||
12/21/05 | ||||
12/15/05 | ||||
11/11/05 | ||||
10/1/05 | ||||
7/1/05 | ||||
6/29/05 | ||||
4/25/05 | ||||
12/31/04 | ||||
6/30/04 | ||||
6/18/04 | ||||
1/1/04 | ||||
12/31/03 | ||||
3/24/03 | ||||
12/31/02 | ||||
10/1/02 | ||||
6/30/02 | ||||
1/30/02 | ||||
12/31/01 | ||||
5/22/01 | ||||
List all Filings |